/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp

Bug Summary

File:	src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp
Warning:	line 960, column 13 Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

Show analyzer invocation

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple amd64-unknown-openbsd7.0 -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name SemaType.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -mrelocation-model static -mframe-pointer=all -relaxed-aliasing -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -debugger-tuning=gdb -fcoverage-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -resource-dir /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include/clang/Sema -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/llvm/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include -D NDEBUG -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D LLVM_PREFIX="/usr" -internal-isystem /usr/include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fwrapv -stack-protector 2 -fno-rtti -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -fno-builtin-malloc -fno-builtin-calloc -fno-builtin-realloc -fno-builtin-valloc -fno-builtin-free -fno-builtin-strdup -fno-builtin-strndup -analyzer-output=html -faddrsig -D__GCC_HAVE_DWARF2_CFI_ASM=1 -o /home/ben/Projects/vmm/scan-build/2022-01-12-194120-40624-1 -x c++ /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp

→

1//===--- SemaType.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Types -----------------------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9//  This file implements type-related semantic analysis.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

13#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/ASTStructuralEquivalence.h"
18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
21#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
22#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
23#include "clang/AST/TypeLocVisitor.h"
24#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
25#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
26#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
27#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TemplateInstCallback.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
38#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
39#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
40#include <bitset>

42using namespace clang;

44enum TypeDiagSelector {
TDS_Function,
TDS_Pointer,
TDS_ObjCObjOrBlock
48};

50/// isOmittedBlockReturnType - Return true if this declarator is missing a
51/// return type because this is a omitted return type on a block literal.
52static bool isOmittedBlockReturnType(const Declarator &D) {
if (D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral ||
    D.getDeclSpec().hasTypeSpecifier())
  return false;

if (D.getNumTypeObjects() == 0)
  return true;   // ^{ ... }

if (D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 &&
    D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function)
  return true;   // ^(int X, float Y) { ... }

return false;
65}

67/// diagnoseBadTypeAttribute - Diagnoses a type attribute which
68/// doesn't apply to the given type.
69static void diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &attr,
                                   QualType type) {
TypeDiagSelector WhichType;
bool useExpansionLoc = true;
switch (attr.getKind()) {
case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC:
  WhichType = TDS_Pointer;
  break;
case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership:
  WhichType = TDS_ObjCObjOrBlock;
  break;
default:
  // Assume everything else was a function attribute.
  WhichType = TDS_Function;
  useExpansionLoc = false;
  break;
}

SourceLocation loc = attr.getLoc();
StringRef name = attr.getAttrName()->getName();

// The GC attributes are usually written with macros;  special-case them.
IdentifierInfo *II = attr.isArgIdent(0) ? attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident
                                        : nullptr;
if (useExpansionLoc && loc.isMacroID() && II) {
  if (II->isStr("strong")) {
    if (S.findMacroSpelling(loc, "__strong")) name = "__strong";
  } else if (II->isStr("weak")) {
    if (S.findMacroSpelling(loc, "__weak")) name = "__weak";
  }
}

S.Diag(loc, diag::warn_type_attribute_wrong_type) << name << WhichType
  << type;
103}

105// objc_gc applies to Objective-C pointers or, otherwise, to the
106// smallest available pointer type (i.e. 'void*' in 'void**').
107#define OBJC_POINTER_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership                                       \
case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC:                                                  \
case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership

111// Calling convention attributes.
112#define CALLING_CONV_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: case
 ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr
::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr
::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr
::AT_PreserveAll                                            \
case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl:                                                   \
case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall:                                                \
case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall:                                                 \
case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall:                                                \
case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall:                                                 \
case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal:                                                  \
case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall:                                               \
case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall:                                          \
case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall:                                              \
case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs:                                        \
case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI:                                                   \
case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI:                                                 \
case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs:                                                     \
case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc:                                            \
case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost:                                            \
case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll

130// Function type attributes.
131#define FUNCTION_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn
: case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm: case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: case ParsedAttr
::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr
::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::
AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs
: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case
 ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr
::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll                                           \
case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained:                                       \
case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn:                                                \
case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm:                                                 \
case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall:                                              \
case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters:                            \
case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck:                                         \
  CALLING_CONV_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: case
 ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr
::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr
::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr
::AT_PreserveAll

140// Microsoft-specific type qualifiers.
141#define MS_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: case ParsedAttr
::AT_SPtr: case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr                                                 \
case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32:                                                   \
case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64:                                                   \
case ParsedAttr::AT_SPtr:                                                    \
case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr

147// Nullability qualifiers.
148#define NULLABILITY_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable
: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified                                        \
case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull:                                             \
case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable:                                            \
case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult:                                      \
case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified

154namespace {
/// An object which stores processing state for the entire
/// GetTypeForDeclarator process.
class TypeProcessingState {
  Sema &sema;

  /// The declarator being processed.
  Declarator &declarator;

  /// The index of the declarator chunk we're currently processing.
  /// May be the total number of valid chunks, indicating the
  /// DeclSpec.
  unsigned chunkIndex;

  /// Whether there are non-trivial modifications to the decl spec.
  bool trivial;

  /// Whether we saved the attributes in the decl spec.
  bool hasSavedAttrs;

  /// The original set of attributes on the DeclSpec.
  SmallVector<ParsedAttr *, 2> savedAttrs;

  /// A list of attributes to diagnose the uselessness of when the
  /// processing is complete.
  SmallVector<ParsedAttr *, 2> ignoredTypeAttrs;

  /// Attributes corresponding to AttributedTypeLocs that we have not yet
  /// populated.
  // FIXME: The two-phase mechanism by which we construct Types and fill
  // their TypeLocs makes it hard to correctly assign these. We keep the
  // attributes in creation order as an attempt to make them line up
  // properly.
  using TypeAttrPair = std::pair<const AttributedType*, const Attr*>;
  SmallVector<TypeAttrPair, 8> AttrsForTypes;
  bool AttrsForTypesSorted = true;

  /// MacroQualifiedTypes mapping to macro expansion locations that will be
  /// stored in a MacroQualifiedTypeLoc.
  llvm::DenseMap<const MacroQualifiedType *, SourceLocation> LocsForMacros;

  /// Flag to indicate we parsed a noderef attribute. This is used for
  /// validating that noderef was used on a pointer or array.
  bool parsedNoDeref;

public:
  TypeProcessingState(Sema &sema, Declarator &declarator)
      : sema(sema), declarator(declarator),
        chunkIndex(declarator.getNumTypeObjects()), trivial(true),
        hasSavedAttrs(false), parsedNoDeref(false) {}

  Sema &getSema() const {
    return sema;
  }

  Declarator &getDeclarator() const {
    return declarator;
  }

  bool isProcessingDeclSpec() const {
    return chunkIndex == declarator.getNumTypeObjects();
  }

  unsigned getCurrentChunkIndex() const {
    return chunkIndex;
  }

  void setCurrentChunkIndex(unsigned idx) {
    assert(idx <= declarator.getNumTypeObjects())((void)0);
    chunkIndex = idx;
  }

  ParsedAttributesView &getCurrentAttributes() const {
    if (isProcessingDeclSpec())
      return getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes();
    return declarator.getTypeObject(chunkIndex).getAttrs();
  }

  /// Save the current set of attributes on the DeclSpec.
  void saveDeclSpecAttrs() {
    // Don't try to save them multiple times.
    if (hasSavedAttrs) return;

    DeclSpec &spec = getMutableDeclSpec();
    for (ParsedAttr &AL : spec.getAttributes())
      savedAttrs.push_back(&AL);
    trivial &= savedAttrs.empty();
    hasSavedAttrs = true;
  }

  /// Record that we had nowhere to put the given type attribute.
  /// We will diagnose such attributes later.
  void addIgnoredTypeAttr(ParsedAttr &attr) {
    ignoredTypeAttrs.push_back(&attr);
  }

  /// Diagnose all the ignored type attributes, given that the
  /// declarator worked out to the given type.
  void diagnoseIgnoredTypeAttrs(QualType type) const {
    for (auto *Attr : ignoredTypeAttrs)
      diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(getSema(), *Attr, type);
  }

  /// Get an attributed type for the given attribute, and remember the Attr
  /// object so that we can attach it to the AttributedTypeLoc.
  QualType getAttributedType(Attr *A, QualType ModifiedType,
                             QualType EquivType) {
    QualType T =
        sema.Context.getAttributedType(A->getKind(), ModifiedType, EquivType);
    AttrsForTypes.push_back({cast<AttributedType>(T.getTypePtr()), A});
    AttrsForTypesSorted = false;
    return T;
  }

  /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
  /// \p Replacement. Also replace \p TypeWithAuto in \c TypeAttrPair if
  /// necessary.
  QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement) {
    QualType T = sema.ReplaceAutoType(TypeWithAuto, Replacement);
    if (auto *AttrTy = TypeWithAuto->getAs<AttributedType>()) {
      // Attributed type still should be an attributed type after replacement.
      auto *NewAttrTy = cast<AttributedType>(T.getTypePtr());
      for (TypeAttrPair &A : AttrsForTypes) {
        if (A.first == AttrTy)
          A.first = NewAttrTy;
      }
      AttrsForTypesSorted = false;
    }
    return T;
  }

  /// Extract and remove the Attr* for a given attributed type.
  const Attr *takeAttrForAttributedType(const AttributedType *AT) {
    if (!AttrsForTypesSorted) {
      llvm::stable_sort(AttrsForTypes, llvm::less_first());
      AttrsForTypesSorted = true;
    }

    // FIXME: This is quadratic if we have lots of reuses of the same
    // attributed type.
    for (auto It = std::partition_point(
             AttrsForTypes.begin(), AttrsForTypes.end(),
             [=](const TypeAttrPair &A) { return A.first < AT; });
         It != AttrsForTypes.end() && It->first == AT; ++It) {
      if (It->second) {
        const Attr *Result = It->second;
        It->second = nullptr;
        return Result;
      }
    }

    llvm_unreachable("no Attr* for AttributedType*")__builtin_unreachable();
  }

  SourceLocation
  getExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(const MacroQualifiedType *MQT) const {
    auto FoundLoc = LocsForMacros.find(MQT);
    assert(FoundLoc != LocsForMacros.end() &&((void)0)
           "Unable to find macro expansion location for MacroQualifedType")((void)0);
    return FoundLoc->second;
  }

  void setExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(const MacroQualifiedType *MQT,
                                            SourceLocation Loc) {
    LocsForMacros[MQT] = Loc;
  }

  void setParsedNoDeref(bool parsed) { parsedNoDeref = parsed; }

  bool didParseNoDeref() const { return parsedNoDeref; }

  ~TypeProcessingState() {
    if (trivial) return;

    restoreDeclSpecAttrs();
  }

private:
  DeclSpec &getMutableDeclSpec() const {
    return const_cast<DeclSpec&>(declarator.getDeclSpec());
  }

  void restoreDeclSpecAttrs() {
    assert(hasSavedAttrs)((void)0);

    getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().clearListOnly();
    for (ParsedAttr *AL : savedAttrs)
      getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().addAtEnd(AL);
  }
};
344} // end anonymous namespace

346static void moveAttrFromListToList(ParsedAttr &attr,
                                 ParsedAttributesView &fromList,
                                 ParsedAttributesView &toList) {
fromList.remove(&attr);
toList.addAtEnd(&attr);
351}

353/// The location of a type attribute.
354enum TypeAttrLocation {
/// The attribute is in the decl-specifier-seq.
TAL_DeclSpec,
/// The attribute is part of a DeclaratorChunk.
TAL_DeclChunk,
/// The attribute is immediately after the declaration's name.
TAL_DeclName
361};

363static void processTypeAttrs(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType &type,
                           TypeAttrLocation TAL, ParsedAttributesView &attrs);

366static bool handleFunctionTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr,
                                 QualType &type);

369static bool handleMSPointerTypeQualifierAttr(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                           ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type);

372static bool handleObjCGCTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr,
                               QualType &type);

375static bool handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                      ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type);

378static bool handleObjCPointerTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                    ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type) {
if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC)
  return handleObjCGCTypeAttr(state, attr, type);
assert(attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership)((void)0);
return handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr(state, attr, type);
384}

386/// Given the index of a declarator chunk, check whether that chunk
387/// directly specifies the return type of a function and, if so, find
388/// an appropriate place for it.
389///
390/// \param i - a notional index which the search will start
391///   immediately inside
392///
393/// \param onlyBlockPointers Whether we should only look into block
394/// pointer types (vs. all pointer types).
395static DeclaratorChunk *maybeMovePastReturnType(Declarator &declarator,
                                              unsigned i,
                                              bool onlyBlockPointers) {
assert(i <= declarator.getNumTypeObjects())((void)0);

DeclaratorChunk *result = nullptr;

// First, look inwards past parens for a function declarator.
for (; i != 0; --i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &fnChunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1);
  switch (fnChunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    continue;

  // If we find anything except a function, bail out.
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    return result;

  // If we do find a function declarator, scan inwards from that,
  // looking for a (block-)pointer declarator.
  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
    for (--i; i != 0; --i) {
      DeclaratorChunk &ptrChunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1);
      switch (ptrChunk.Kind) {
      case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
      case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
      case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
      case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
      case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
        continue;

      case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
      case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
        if (onlyBlockPointers)
          continue;

        LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

      case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
        result = &ptrChunk;
        goto continue_outer;
      }
      llvm_unreachable("bad declarator chunk kind")__builtin_unreachable();
    }

    // If we run out of declarators doing that, we're done.
    return result;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad declarator chunk kind")__builtin_unreachable();

  // Okay, reconsider from our new point.
continue_outer: ;
}

// Ran out of chunks, bail out.
return result;
456}

458/// Given that an objc_gc attribute was written somewhere on a
459/// declaration *other* than on the declarator itself (for which, use
460/// distributeObjCPointerTypeAttrFromDeclarator), and given that it
461/// didn't apply in whatever position it was written in, try to move
462/// it to a more appropriate position.
463static void distributeObjCPointerTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                        ParsedAttr &attr, QualType type) {
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

// Move it to the outermost normal or block pointer declarator.
for (unsigned i = state.getCurrentChunkIndex(); i != 0; --i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1);
  switch (chunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: {
    // But don't move an ARC ownership attribute to the return type
    // of a block.
    DeclaratorChunk *destChunk = nullptr;
    if (state.isProcessingDeclSpec() &&
        attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership)
      destChunk = maybeMovePastReturnType(declarator, i - 1,
                                          /*onlyBlockPointers=*/true);
    if (!destChunk) destChunk = &chunk;

    moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(),
                           destChunk->getAttrs());
    return;
  }

  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
    continue;

  // We may be starting at the return type of a block.
  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
    if (state.isProcessingDeclSpec() &&
        attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) {
      if (DeclaratorChunk *dest = maybeMovePastReturnType(
                                    declarator, i,
                                    /*onlyBlockPointers=*/true)) {
        moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(),
                               dest->getAttrs());
        return;
      }
    }
    goto error;

  // Don't walk through these.
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    goto error;
  }
}
error:

diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(state.getSema(), attr, type);
515}

517/// Distribute an objc_gc type attribute that was written on the
518/// declarator.
519static void distributeObjCPointerTypeAttrFromDeclarator(
  TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &declSpecType) {
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

// objc_gc goes on the innermost pointer to something that's not a
// pointer.
unsigned innermost = -1U;
bool considerDeclSpec = true;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i);
  switch (chunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
    innermost = i;
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
    considerDeclSpec = false;
    goto done;
  }
}
done:

// That might actually be the decl spec if we weren't blocked by
// anything in the declarator.
if (considerDeclSpec) {
  if (handleObjCPointerTypeAttr(state, attr, declSpecType)) {
    // Splice the attribute into the decl spec.  Prevents the
    // attribute from being applied multiple times and gives
    // the source-location-filler something to work with.
    state.saveDeclSpecAttrs();
    declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().takeOneFrom(
        declarator.getAttributes(), &attr);
    return;
  }
}

// Otherwise, if we found an appropriate chunk, splice the attribute
// into it.
if (innermost != -1U) {
  moveAttrFromListToList(attr, declarator.getAttributes(),
                         declarator.getTypeObject(innermost).getAttrs());
  return;
}

// Otherwise, diagnose when we're done building the type.
declarator.getAttributes().remove(&attr);
state.addIgnoredTypeAttr(attr);
574}

576/// A function type attribute was written somewhere in a declaration
577/// *other* than on the declarator itself or in the decl spec.  Given
578/// that it didn't apply in whatever position it was written in, try
579/// to move it to a more appropriate position.
580static void distributeFunctionTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                     ParsedAttr &attr, QualType type) {
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

// Try to push the attribute from the return type of a function to
// the function itself.
for (unsigned i = state.getCurrentChunkIndex(); i != 0; --i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1);
  switch (chunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
    moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(),
                           chunk.getAttrs());
    return;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    continue;
  }
}

diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(state.getSema(), attr, type);
606}

608/// Try to distribute a function type attribute to the innermost
609/// function chunk or type.  Returns true if the attribute was
610/// distributed, false if no location was found.
611static bool distributeFunctionTypeAttrToInnermost(
  TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr,
  ParsedAttributesView &attrList, QualType &declSpecType) {
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

// Put it on the innermost function chunk, if there is one.
for (unsigned i = 0, e = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i);
  if (chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) continue;

  moveAttrFromListToList(attr, attrList, chunk.getAttrs());
  return true;
}

return handleFunctionTypeAttr(state, attr, declSpecType);
626}

628/// A function type attribute was written in the decl spec.  Try to
629/// apply it somewhere.
630static void distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclSpec(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                                 ParsedAttr &attr,
                                                 QualType &declSpecType) {
state.saveDeclSpecAttrs();

// C++11 attributes before the decl specifiers actually appertain to
// the declarators. Move them straight there. We don't support the
// 'put them wherever you like' semantics we allow for GNU attributes.
if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax()) {
  moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(),
                         state.getDeclarator().getAttributes());
  return;
}

// Try to distribute to the innermost.
if (distributeFunctionTypeAttrToInnermost(
        state, attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(), declSpecType))
  return;

// If that failed, diagnose the bad attribute when the declarator is
// fully built.
state.addIgnoredTypeAttr(attr);
652}

654/// A function type attribute was written on the declarator.  Try to
655/// apply it somewhere.
656static void distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                                   ParsedAttr &attr,
                                                   QualType &declSpecType) {
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

// Try to distribute to the innermost.
if (distributeFunctionTypeAttrToInnermost(
        state, attr, declarator.getAttributes(), declSpecType))
  return;

// If that failed, diagnose the bad attribute when the declarator is
// fully built.
declarator.getAttributes().remove(&attr);
state.addIgnoredTypeAttr(attr);
670}

672/// Given that there are attributes written on the declarator
673/// itself, try to distribute any type attributes to the appropriate
674/// declarator chunk.
675///
676/// These are attributes like the following:
677///   int f ATTR;
678///   int (f ATTR)();
679/// but not necessarily this:
680///   int f() ATTR;
681static void distributeTypeAttrsFromDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                            QualType &declSpecType) {
// Collect all the type attributes from the declarator itself.
assert(!state.getDeclarator().getAttributes().empty() &&((void)0)
       "declarator has no attrs!")((void)0);
// The called functions in this loop actually remove things from the current
// list, so iterating over the existing list isn't possible.  Instead, make a
// non-owning copy and iterate over that.
ParsedAttributesView AttrsCopy{state.getDeclarator().getAttributes()};
for (ParsedAttr &attr : AttrsCopy) {
  // Do not distribute [[]] attributes. They have strict rules for what
  // they appertain to.
  if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax())
    continue;

  switch (attr.getKind()) {
  OBJC_POINTER_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership:
    distributeObjCPointerTypeAttrFromDeclarator(state, attr, declSpecType);
    break;

  FUNCTION_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn
: case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm: case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: case ParsedAttr
::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr
::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::
AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs
: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case
 ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr
::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll:
    distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclarator(state, attr, declSpecType);
    break;

  MS_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: case ParsedAttr
::AT_SPtr: case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr:
    // Microsoft type attributes cannot go after the declarator-id.
    continue;

  NULLABILITY_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable
: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified:
    // Nullability specifiers cannot go after the declarator-id.

  // Objective-C __kindof does not get distributed.
  case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCKindOf:
    continue;

  default:
    break;
  }
}
720}

722/// Add a synthetic '()' to a block-literal declarator if it is
723/// required, given the return type.
724static void maybeSynthesizeBlockSignature(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                        QualType declSpecType) {
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

// First, check whether the declarator would produce a function,
// i.e. whether the innermost semantic chunk is a function.
if (declarator.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
  // If so, make that declarator a prototyped declarator.
  declarator.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype = true;
  return;
}

// If there are any type objects, the type as written won't name a
// function, regardless of the decl spec type.  This is because a
// block signature declarator is always an abstract-declarator, and
// abstract-declarators can't just be parentheses chunks.  Therefore
// we need to build a function chunk unless there are no type
// objects and the decl spec type is a function.
if (!declarator.getNumTypeObjects() && declSpecType->isFunctionType())
  return;

// Note that there *are* cases with invalid declarators where
// declarators consist solely of parentheses.  In general, these
// occur only in failed efforts to make function declarators, so
// faking up the function chunk is still the right thing to do.

// Otherwise, we need to fake up a function declarator.
SourceLocation loc = declarator.getBeginLoc();

// ...and *prepend* it to the declarator.
SourceLocation NoLoc;
declarator.AddInnermostTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(
    /*HasProto=*/true,
    /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
    /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
    /*ArgInfo=*/nullptr,
    /*NumParams=*/0,
    /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
    /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
    /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
    /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
    /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
    /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
    /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
    /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
    /*NumExceptions=*/0,
    /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
    /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
    /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, loc, loc, declarator));

// For consistency, make sure the state still has us as processing
// the decl spec.
assert(state.getCurrentChunkIndex() == declarator.getNumTypeObjects() - 1)((void)0);
state.setCurrentChunkIndex(declarator.getNumTypeObjects());
778}

780static void diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers(Sema &S, const DeclSpec &DS,
                                          unsigned &TypeQuals,
                                          QualType TypeSoFar,
                                          unsigned RemoveTQs,
                                          unsigned DiagID) {
// If this occurs outside a template instantiation, warn the user about
// it; they probably didn't mean to specify a redundant qualifier.
typedef std::pair<DeclSpec::TQ, SourceLocation> QualLoc;
for (QualLoc Qual : {QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_const, DS.getConstSpecLoc()),
                     QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_restrict, DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()),
                     QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_volatile, DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()),
                     QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_atomic, DS.getAtomicSpecLoc())}) {
  if (!(RemoveTQs & Qual.first))
    continue;

  if (!S.inTemplateInstantiation()) {
    if (TypeQuals & Qual.first)
      S.Diag(Qual.second, DiagID)
        << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(Qual.first) << TypeSoFar
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Qual.second);
  }

  TypeQuals &= ~Qual.first;
}
804}

806/// Return true if this is omitted block return type. Also check type
807/// attributes and type qualifiers when returning true.
808static bool checkOmittedBlockReturnType(Sema &S, Declarator &declarator,
                                      QualType Result) {
if (!isOmittedBlockReturnType(declarator))
  return false;

// Warn if we see type attributes for omitted return type on a block literal.
SmallVector<ParsedAttr *, 2> ToBeRemoved;
for (ParsedAttr &AL : declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes()) {
  if (AL.isInvalid() || !AL.isTypeAttr())
    continue;
  S.Diag(AL.getLoc(),
         diag::warn_block_literal_attributes_on_omitted_return_type)
      << AL;
  ToBeRemoved.push_back(&AL);
}
// Remove bad attributes from the list.
for (ParsedAttr *AL : ToBeRemoved)
  declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().remove(AL);

// Warn if we see type qualifiers for omitted return type on a block literal.
const DeclSpec &DS = declarator.getDeclSpec();
unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers();
diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers(S, DS, TypeQuals, Result, (unsigned)-1,
    diag::warn_block_literal_qualifiers_on_omitted_return_type);
declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearTypeQualifiers();

return true;
835}

837/// Apply Objective-C type arguments to the given type.
838static QualType applyObjCTypeArgs(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, QualType type,
                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> typeArgs,
                                SourceRange typeArgsRange,
                                bool failOnError = false) {
// We can only apply type arguments to an Objective-C class type.
const auto *objcObjectType = type->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
9
←
Assuming the object is a 'ObjCObjectType'→
if (!objcObjectType || !objcObjectType->getInterface()) {
10
←
Assuming 'objcObjectType' is non-null→
11
←
Calling 'ObjCObjectType::getInterface'→
17
←
Returning from 'ObjCObjectType::getInterface'→
18
←
Assuming the condition is false→
19
←
Taking false branch→
  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_non_class)
    << type
    << typeArgsRange;

  if (failOnError)
    return QualType();
  return type;
}

// The class type must be parameterized.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *objcClass = objcObjectType->getInterface();
ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = objcClass->getTypeParamList();
if (!typeParams) {
20
←
Assuming 'typeParams' is non-null→
21
←
Taking false branch→
  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_non_parameterized_class)
    << objcClass->getDeclName()
    << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(typeArgsRange);

  if (failOnError)
    return QualType();

  return type;
}

// The type must not already be specialized.
if (objcObjectType->isSpecialized()) {
22
←
Assuming the condition is false→
23
←
Taking false branch→
  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_specialized_class)
    << type
    << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(typeArgsRange);

  if (failOnError)
    return QualType();

  return type;
}

// Check the type arguments.
SmallVector<QualType, 4> finalTypeArgs;
unsigned numTypeParams = typeParams->size();
bool anyPackExpansions = false;
for (unsigned i = 0, n = typeArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) {
24
←
Assuming 'i' is not equal to 'n'→
25
←
Loop condition is true.  Entering loop body→
  TypeSourceInfo *typeArgInfo = typeArgs[i];
  QualType typeArg = typeArgInfo->getType();

  // Type arguments cannot have explicit qualifiers or nullability.
  // We ignore indirect sources of these, e.g. behind typedefs or
  // template arguments.
  if (TypeLoc qual = typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().findExplicitQualifierLoc()) {
26
←
Assuming the condition is false→
27
←
Taking false branch→
    bool diagnosed = false;
    SourceRange rangeToRemove;
    if (auto attr = qual.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) {
      rangeToRemove = attr.getLocalSourceRange();
      if (attr.getTypePtr()->getImmediateNullability()) {
        typeArg = attr.getTypePtr()->getModifiedType();
        S.Diag(attr.getBeginLoc(),
               diag::err_objc_type_arg_explicit_nullability)
            << typeArg << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove);
        diagnosed = true;
      }
    }

    if (!diagnosed) {
      S.Diag(qual.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_type_arg_qualified)
          << typeArg << typeArg.getQualifiers().getAsString()
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove);
    }
  }

  // Remove qualifiers even if they're non-local.
  typeArg = typeArg.getUnqualifiedType();

  finalTypeArgs.push_back(typeArg);

  if (typeArg->getAs<PackExpansionType>())
28
←
Assuming the object is not a 'PackExpansionType'→
29
←
Taking false branch→
    anyPackExpansions = true;

  // Find the corresponding type parameter, if there is one.
  ObjCTypeParamDecl *typeParam = nullptr;
  if (!anyPackExpansions29.1
'anyPackExpansions' is false
1
'anyPackExpansions' is false
) {
30
←
Taking true branch→
    if (i < numTypeParams) {
31
←
Assuming 'i' is < 'numTypeParams'→
32
←
Taking true branch→
      typeParam = typeParams->begin()[i];
    } else {
      // Too many arguments.
      S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_wrong_arity)
        << false
        << objcClass->getDeclName()
        << (unsigned)typeArgs.size()
        << numTypeParams;
      S.Diag(objcClass->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
        << objcClass;

      if (failOnError)
        return QualType();

      return type;
    }
  }

  // Objective-C object pointer types must be substitutable for the bounds.
  if (const auto *typeArgObjC = typeArg->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
33
←
Assuming the object is a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
34
←
Assuming 'typeArgObjC' is non-null→
35
←
Taking true branch→
    // If we don't have a type parameter to match against, assume
    // everything is fine. There was a prior pack expansion that
    // means we won't be able to match anything.
    if (!typeParam) {
36
←
Assuming 'typeParam' is non-null→
37
←
Taking false branch→
      assert(anyPackExpansions && "Too many arguments?")((void)0);
      continue;
    }

    // Retrieve the bound.
    QualType bound = typeParam->getUnderlyingType();
    const auto *boundObjC = bound->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
38
←
Assuming the object is not a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
39
←
'boundObjC' initialized to a null pointer value→

    // Determine whether the type argument is substitutable for the bound.
    if (typeArgObjC->isObjCIdType()) {
40
←
Calling 'ObjCObjectPointerType::isObjCIdType'→
45
←
Returning from 'ObjCObjectPointerType::isObjCIdType'→
46
←
Taking true branch→
      // When the type argument is 'id', the only acceptable type
      // parameter bound is 'id'.
      if (boundObjC->isObjCIdType())
47
←
Called C++ object pointer is null
        continue;
    } else if (S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(boundObjC, typeArgObjC)) {
      // Otherwise, we follow the assignability rules.
      continue;
    }

    // Diagnose the mismatch.
    S.Diag(typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
           diag::err_objc_type_arg_does_not_match_bound)
        << typeArg << bound << typeParam->getDeclName();
    S.Diag(typeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here)
      << typeParam->getDeclName();

    if (failOnError)
      return QualType();

    return type;
  }

  // Block pointer types are permitted for unqualified 'id' bounds.
  if (typeArg->isBlockPointerType()) {
    // If we don't have a type parameter to match against, assume
    // everything is fine. There was a prior pack expansion that
    // means we won't be able to match anything.
    if (!typeParam) {
      assert(anyPackExpansions && "Too many arguments?")((void)0);
      continue;
    }

    // Retrieve the bound.
    QualType bound = typeParam->getUnderlyingType();
    if (bound->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(S.Context))
      continue;

    // Diagnose the mismatch.
    S.Diag(typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
           diag::err_objc_type_arg_does_not_match_bound)
        << typeArg << bound << typeParam->getDeclName();
    S.Diag(typeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here)
      << typeParam->getDeclName();

    if (failOnError)
      return QualType();

    return type;
  }

  // Dependent types will be checked at instantiation time.
  if (typeArg->isDependentType()) {
    continue;
  }

  // Diagnose non-id-compatible type arguments.
  S.Diag(typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
         diag::err_objc_type_arg_not_id_compatible)
      << typeArg << typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();

  if (failOnError)
    return QualType();

  return type;
}

// Make sure we didn't have the wrong number of arguments.
if (!anyPackExpansions && finalTypeArgs.size() != numTypeParams) {
  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_wrong_arity)
    << (typeArgs.size() < typeParams->size())
    << objcClass->getDeclName()
    << (unsigned)finalTypeArgs.size()
    << (unsigned)numTypeParams;
  S.Diag(objcClass->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
    << objcClass;

  if (failOnError)
    return QualType();

  return type;
}

// Success. Form the specialized type.
return S.Context.getObjCObjectType(type, finalTypeArgs, { }, false);
1042}

1044QualType Sema::BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
                                    SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
                                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
                                    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
                                    SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
                                    bool FailOnError) {
QualType Result = QualType(Decl->getTypeForDecl(), 0);
if (!Protocols.empty()) {
  bool HasError;
  Result = Context.applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(Result, Protocols,
                                               HasError);
  if (HasError) {
    Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::err_invalid_protocol_qualifiers)
      << SourceRange(ProtocolLAngleLoc, ProtocolRAngleLoc);
    if (FailOnError) Result = QualType();
  }
  if (FailOnError && Result.isNull())
    return QualType();
}

return Result;
1065}

1067QualType Sema::BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
                                 SourceLocation Loc,
                                 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
                                 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
                                 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
                                 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
                                 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
                                 bool FailOnError) {
QualType Result = BaseType;
if (!TypeArgs.empty()) {
6
←
Assuming the condition is true→
7
←
Taking true branch→
  Result = applyObjCTypeArgs(*this, Loc, Result, TypeArgs,
8
←
Calling 'applyObjCTypeArgs'→
                             SourceRange(TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
                                         TypeArgsRAngleLoc),
                             FailOnError);
  if (FailOnError && Result.isNull())
    return QualType();
}

if (!Protocols.empty()) {
  bool HasError;
  Result = Context.applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(Result, Protocols,
                                               HasError);
  if (HasError) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_protocol_qualifiers)
      << SourceRange(ProtocolLAngleLoc, ProtocolRAngleLoc);
    if (FailOnError) Result = QualType();
  }
  if (FailOnError && Result.isNull())
    return QualType();
}

return Result;
1101}

1103TypeResult Sema::actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
           SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
           ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
           ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
           SourceLocation rAngleLoc) {
// Form id<protocol-list>.
QualType Result = Context.getObjCObjectType(
                    Context.ObjCBuiltinIdTy, { },
                    llvm::makeArrayRef(
                      (ObjCProtocolDecl * const *)protocols.data(),
                      protocols.size()),
                    false);
Result = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);

TypeSourceInfo *ResultTInfo = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result);
TypeLoc ResultTL = ResultTInfo->getTypeLoc();

auto ObjCObjectPointerTL = ResultTL.castAs<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>();
ObjCObjectPointerTL.setStarLoc(SourceLocation()); // implicit

auto ObjCObjectTL = ObjCObjectPointerTL.getPointeeLoc()
                      .castAs<ObjCObjectTypeLoc>();
ObjCObjectTL.setHasBaseTypeAsWritten(false);
ObjCObjectTL.getBaseLoc().initialize(Context, SourceLocation());

// No type arguments.
ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsLAngleLoc(SourceLocation());
ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsRAngleLoc(SourceLocation());

// Fill in protocol qualifiers.
ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(lAngleLoc);
ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(rAngleLoc);
for (unsigned i = 0, n = protocols.size(); i != n; ++i)
  ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLoc(i, protocolLocs[i]);

// We're done. Return the completed type to the parser.
return CreateParsedType(Result, ResultTInfo);
1140}

1142TypeResult Sema::actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
           Scope *S,
           SourceLocation Loc,
           ParsedType BaseType,
           SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
           ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
           SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
           SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
           ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
           ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
           SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc) {
TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeInfo = nullptr;
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(BaseType, &BaseTypeInfo);
if (T.isNull())
1
Taking false branch→
  return true;

// Handle missing type-source info.
if (!BaseTypeInfo1.1
'BaseTypeInfo' is null
1
'BaseTypeInfo' is null
)
2
←
Taking true branch→
  BaseTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);

// Extract type arguments.
SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ActualTypeArgInfos;
for (unsigned i = 0, n = TypeArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) {
3
←
Assuming 'i' is equal to 'n'→
4
←
Loop condition is false. Execution continues on line 1177→
  TypeSourceInfo *TypeArgInfo = nullptr;
  QualType TypeArg = GetTypeFromParser(TypeArgs[i], &TypeArgInfo);
  if (TypeArg.isNull()) {
    ActualTypeArgInfos.clear();
    break;
  }

  assert(TypeArgInfo && "No type source info?")((void)0);
  ActualTypeArgInfos.push_back(TypeArgInfo);
}

// Build the object type.
QualType Result = BuildObjCObjectType(
5
←
Calling 'Sema::BuildObjCObjectType'→
    T, BaseTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
    TypeArgsLAngleLoc, ActualTypeArgInfos, TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
    ProtocolLAngleLoc,
    llvm::makeArrayRef((ObjCProtocolDecl * const *)Protocols.data(),
                       Protocols.size()),
    ProtocolLocs, ProtocolRAngleLoc,
    /*FailOnError=*/false);

if (Result == T)
  return BaseType;

// Create source information for this type.
TypeSourceInfo *ResultTInfo = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result);
TypeLoc ResultTL = ResultTInfo->getTypeLoc();

// For id<Proto1, Proto2> or Class<Proto1, Proto2>, we'll have an
// object pointer type. Fill in source information for it.
if (auto ObjCObjectPointerTL = ResultTL.getAs<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>()) {
  // The '*' is implicit.
  ObjCObjectPointerTL.setStarLoc(SourceLocation());
  ResultTL = ObjCObjectPointerTL.getPointeeLoc();
}

if (auto OTPTL = ResultTL.getAs<ObjCTypeParamTypeLoc>()) {
  // Protocol qualifier information.
  if (OTPTL.getNumProtocols() > 0) {
    assert(OTPTL.getNumProtocols() == Protocols.size())((void)0);
    OTPTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(ProtocolLAngleLoc);
    OTPTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(ProtocolRAngleLoc);
    for (unsigned i = 0, n = Protocols.size(); i != n; ++i)
      OTPTL.setProtocolLoc(i, ProtocolLocs[i]);
  }

  // We're done. Return the completed type to the parser.
  return CreateParsedType(Result, ResultTInfo);
}

auto ObjCObjectTL = ResultTL.castAs<ObjCObjectTypeLoc>();

// Type argument information.
if (ObjCObjectTL.getNumTypeArgs() > 0) {
  assert(ObjCObjectTL.getNumTypeArgs() == ActualTypeArgInfos.size())((void)0);
  ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsLAngleLoc(TypeArgsLAngleLoc);
  ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsRAngleLoc(TypeArgsRAngleLoc);
  for (unsigned i = 0, n = ActualTypeArgInfos.size(); i != n; ++i)
    ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgTInfo(i, ActualTypeArgInfos[i]);
} else {
  ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsLAngleLoc(SourceLocation());
  ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsRAngleLoc(SourceLocation());
}

// Protocol qualifier information.
if (ObjCObjectTL.getNumProtocols() > 0) {
  assert(ObjCObjectTL.getNumProtocols() == Protocols.size())((void)0);
  ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(ProtocolLAngleLoc);
  ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(ProtocolRAngleLoc);
  for (unsigned i = 0, n = Protocols.size(); i != n; ++i)
    ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLoc(i, ProtocolLocs[i]);
} else {
  ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(SourceLocation());
  ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(SourceLocation());
}

// Base type.
ObjCObjectTL.setHasBaseTypeAsWritten(true);
if (ObjCObjectTL.getType() == T)
  ObjCObjectTL.getBaseLoc().initializeFullCopy(BaseTypeInfo->getTypeLoc());
else
  ObjCObjectTL.getBaseLoc().initialize(Context, Loc);

// We're done. Return the completed type to the parser.
return CreateParsedType(Result, ResultTInfo);
1250}

1252static OpenCLAccessAttr::Spelling
1253getImageAccess(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs)
  if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLAccess)
    return static_cast<OpenCLAccessAttr::Spelling>(AL.getSemanticSpelling());
return OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_read_only;
1258}

1260/// Convert the specified declspec to the appropriate type
1261/// object.
1262/// \param state Specifies the declarator containing the declaration specifier
1263/// to be converted, along with other associated processing state.
1264/// \returns The type described by the declaration specifiers.  This function
1265/// never returns null.
1266static QualType ConvertDeclSpecToType(TypeProcessingState &state) {
// FIXME: Should move the logic from DeclSpec::Finish to here for validity
// checking.

Sema &S = state.getSema();
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();
DeclSpec &DS = declarator.getMutableDeclSpec();
SourceLocation DeclLoc = declarator.getIdentifierLoc();
if (DeclLoc.isInvalid())
  DeclLoc = DS.getBeginLoc();

ASTContext &Context = S.Context;

QualType Result;
switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
case DeclSpec::TST_void:
  Result = Context.VoidTy;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_char:
  if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified)
    Result = Context.CharTy;
  else if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Signed)
    Result = Context.SignedCharTy;
  else {
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned &&((void)0)
           "Unknown TSS value")((void)0);
    Result = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
  }
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_wchar:
  if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified)
    Result = Context.WCharTy;
  else if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Signed) {
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecSignLoc(), diag::ext_wchar_t_sign_spec)
      << DS.getSpecifierName(DS.getTypeSpecType(),
                             Context.getPrintingPolicy());
    Result = Context.getSignedWCharType();
  } else {
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned &&((void)0)
           "Unknown TSS value")((void)0);
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecSignLoc(), diag::ext_wchar_t_sign_spec)
      << DS.getSpecifierName(DS.getTypeSpecType(),
                             Context.getPrintingPolicy());
    Result = Context.getUnsignedWCharType();
  }
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_char8:
  assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&((void)0)
         "Unknown TSS value")((void)0);
  Result = Context.Char8Ty;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_char16:
  assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&((void)0)
         "Unknown TSS value")((void)0);
  Result = Context.Char16Ty;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_char32:
  assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&((void)0)
         "Unknown TSS value")((void)0);
  Result = Context.Char32Ty;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_unspecified:
  // If this is a missing declspec in a block literal return context, then it
  // is inferred from the return statements inside the block.
  // The declspec is always missing in a lambda expr context; it is either
  // specified with a trailing return type or inferred.
  if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
      declarator.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) {
    // In C++1y, a lambda's implicit return type is 'auto'.
    Result = Context.getAutoDeductType();
    break;
  } else if (declarator.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr ||
             checkOmittedBlockReturnType(S, declarator,
                                         Context.DependentTy)) {
    Result = Context.DependentTy;
    break;
  }

  // Unspecified typespec defaults to int in C90.  However, the C90 grammar
  // [C90 6.5] only allows a decl-spec if there was *some* type-specifier,
  // type-qualifier, or storage-class-specifier.  If not, emit an extwarn.
  // Note that the one exception to this is function definitions, which are
  // allowed to be completely missing a declspec.  This is handled in the
  // parser already though by it pretending to have seen an 'int' in this
  // case.
  if (S.getLangOpts().ImplicitInt) {
    // In C89 mode, we only warn if there is a completely missing declspec
    // when one is not allowed.
    if (DS.isEmpty()) {
      S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::ext_missing_declspec)
          << DS.getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DS.getBeginLoc(), "int");
    }
  } else if (!DS.hasTypeSpecifier()) {
    // C99 and C++ require a type specifier.  For example, C99 6.7.2p2 says:
    // "At least one type specifier shall be given in the declaration
    // specifiers in each declaration, and in the specifier-qualifier list in
    // each struct declaration and type name."
    if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DS.isTypeSpecPipe()) {
      S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_missing_type_specifier)
        << DS.getSourceRange();

      // When this occurs in C++ code, often something is very broken with the
      // value being declared, poison it as invalid so we don't get chains of
      // errors.
      declarator.setInvalidType(true);
    } else if ((S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 ||
                S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) &&
               DS.isTypeSpecPipe()) {
      S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_missing_actual_pipe_type)
        << DS.getSourceRange();
      declarator.setInvalidType(true);
    } else {
      S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::ext_missing_type_specifier)
        << DS.getSourceRange();
    }
  }

  LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
case DeclSpec::TST_int: {
  if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() != TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned) {
    switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) {
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified:
      Result = Context.IntTy;
      break;
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short:
      Result = Context.ShortTy;
      break;
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long:
      Result = Context.LongTy;
      break;
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong:
      Result = Context.LongLongTy;

      // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
      if (!S.getLangOpts().C99) {
        if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
          S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(),
                 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
                 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
        else
          S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
      }
      break;
    }
  } else {
    switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) {
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified:
      Result = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
      break;
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short:
      Result = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
      break;
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long:
      Result = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
      break;
    case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong:
      Result = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;

      // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
      if (!S.getLangOpts().C99) {
        if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
          S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(),
                 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
                 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
        else
          S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
      }
      break;
    }
  }
  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_extint: {
  if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasExtIntType())
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported)
      << "_ExtInt";
  Result =
      S.BuildExtIntType(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned,
                        DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getBeginLoc());
  if (Result.isNull()) {
    Result = Context.IntTy;
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  }
  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_accum: {
  switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) {
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short:
    Result = Context.ShortAccumTy;
    break;
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified:
    Result = Context.AccumTy;
    break;
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long:
    Result = Context.LongAccumTy;
    break;
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong:
    llvm_unreachable("Unable to specify long long as _Accum width")__builtin_unreachable();
  }

  if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned)
    Result = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Result);

  if (DS.isTypeSpecSat())
    Result = Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(Result);

  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_fract: {
  switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) {
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short:
    Result = Context.ShortFractTy;
    break;
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified:
    Result = Context.FractTy;
    break;
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long:
    Result = Context.LongFractTy;
    break;
  case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong:
    llvm_unreachable("Unable to specify long long as _Fract width")__builtin_unreachable();
  }

  if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned)
    Result = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Result);

  if (DS.isTypeSpecSat())
    Result = Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(Result);

  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_int128:
  if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() &&
      !S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice &&
      !(S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice))
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported)
      << "__int128";
  if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned)
    Result = Context.UnsignedInt128Ty;
  else
    Result = Context.Int128Ty;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_float16:
  // CUDA host and device may have different _Float16 support, therefore
  // do not diagnose _Float16 usage to avoid false alarm.
  // ToDo: more precise diagnostics for CUDA.
  if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat16Type() && !S.getLangOpts().CUDA &&
      !(S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice))
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported)
      << "_Float16";
  Result = Context.Float16Ty;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_half:    Result = Context.HalfTy; break;
case DeclSpec::TST_BFloat16:
  if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasBFloat16Type())
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported)
      << "__bf16";
  Result = Context.BFloat16Ty;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_float:   Result = Context.FloatTy; break;
case DeclSpec::TST_double:
  if (DS.getTypeSpecWidth() == TypeSpecifierWidth::Long)
    Result = Context.LongDoubleTy;
  else
    Result = Context.DoubleTy;
  if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
    if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isSupported("cl_khr_fp64", S.getLangOpts()))
      S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension)
          << 0 << Result
          << (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 300
                  ? "cl_khr_fp64 and __opencl_c_fp64"
                  : "cl_khr_fp64");
    else if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp64", S.getLangOpts()))
      S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::ext_opencl_double_without_pragma);
  }
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_float128:
  if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() &&
      !S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice &&
      !(S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice))
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported)
      << "__float128";
  Result = Context.Float128Ty;
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_bool:
  Result = Context.BoolTy; // _Bool or bool
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_decimal32:    // _Decimal32
case DeclSpec::TST_decimal64:    // _Decimal64
case DeclSpec::TST_decimal128:   // _Decimal128
  S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decimal_unsupported);
  Result = Context.IntTy;
  declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_class:
case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
case DeclSpec::TST_union:
case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
case DeclSpec::TST_interface: {
  TagDecl *D = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl());
  if (!D) {
    // This can happen in C++ with ambiguous lookups.
    Result = Context.IntTy;
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
    break;
  }

  // If the type is deprecated or unavailable, diagnose it.
  S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, DS.getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc());

  assert(DS.getTypeSpecWidth() == TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified &&((void)0)
         DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == 0 &&((void)0)
         DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&((void)0)
         "No qualifiers on tag names!")((void)0);

  // TypeQuals handled by caller.
  Result = Context.getTypeDeclType(D);

  // In both C and C++, make an ElaboratedType.
  ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword
    = ElaboratedType::getKeywordForTypeSpec(DS.getTypeSpecType());
  Result = S.getElaboratedType(Keyword, DS.getTypeSpecScope(), Result,
                               DS.isTypeSpecOwned() ? D : nullptr);
  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_typename: {
  assert(DS.getTypeSpecWidth() == TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified &&((void)0)
         DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == 0 &&((void)0)
         DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&((void)0)
         "Can't handle qualifiers on typedef names yet!")((void)0);
  Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType());
  if (Result.isNull()) {
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  }

  // TypeQuals handled by caller.
  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
  // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
  Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType());
  assert(!Result.isNull() && "Didn't get a type for typeof?")((void)0);
  if (!Result->isDependentType())
    if (const TagType *TT = Result->getAs<TagType>())
      S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(TT->getDecl(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  // TypeQuals handled by caller.
  Result = Context.getTypeOfType(Result);
  break;
case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
  Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
  assert(E && "Didn't get an expression for typeof?")((void)0);
  // TypeQuals handled by caller.
  Result = S.BuildTypeofExprType(E, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  if (Result.isNull()) {
    Result = Context.IntTy;
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  }
  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: {
  Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
  assert(E && "Didn't get an expression for decltype?")((void)0);
  // TypeQuals handled by caller.
  Result = S.BuildDecltypeType(E, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  if (Result.isNull()) {
    Result = Context.IntTy;
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  }
  break;
}
case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
  Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType());
  assert(!Result.isNull() && "Didn't get a type for __underlying_type?")((void)0);
  Result = S.BuildUnaryTransformType(Result,
                                     UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType,
                                     DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  if (Result.isNull()) {
    Result = Context.IntTy;
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  }
  break;

case DeclSpec::TST_auto:
case DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto: {
  auto AutoKW = DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto
                    ? AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto
                    : AutoTypeKeyword::Auto;

  ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept = nullptr;
  llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 8> TemplateArgs;
  if (DS.isConstrainedAuto()) {
    if (TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = DS.getRepAsTemplateId()) {
      TypeConstraintConcept =
          cast<ConceptDecl>(TemplateId->Template.get().getAsTemplateDecl());
      TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsInfo;
      TemplateArgsInfo.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
      TemplateArgsInfo.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                         TemplateId->NumArgs);
      S.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgsInfo);
      for (const auto &ArgLoc : TemplateArgsInfo.arguments())
        TemplateArgs.push_back(ArgLoc.getArgument());
    } else {
      declarator.setInvalidType(true);
    }
  }
  Result = S.Context.getAutoType(QualType(), AutoKW,
                                 /*IsDependent*/ false, /*IsPack=*/false,
                                 TypeConstraintConcept, TemplateArgs);
  break;
}

case DeclSpec::TST_auto_type:
  Result = Context.getAutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::GNUAutoType, false);
  break;

case DeclSpec::TST_unknown_anytype:
  Result = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
  break;

case DeclSpec::TST_atomic:
  Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType());
  assert(!Result.isNull() && "Didn't get a type for _Atomic?")((void)0);
  Result = S.BuildAtomicType(Result, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  if (Result.isNull()) {
    Result = Context.IntTy;
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  }
  break;

1697#define GENERIC_IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id)                                        \
case DeclSpec::TST_##ImgType##_t:                                            \
  switch (getImageAccess(DS.getAttributes())) {                              \
  case OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_write_only:                                 \
    Result = Context.Id##WOTy;                                               \
    break;                                                                   \
  case OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_read_write:                                 \
    Result = Context.Id##RWTy;                                               \
    break;                                                                   \
  case OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_read_only:                                  \
    Result = Context.Id##ROTy;                                               \
    break;                                                                   \
  case OpenCLAccessAttr::SpellingNotCalculated:                              \
    llvm_unreachable("Spelling not yet calculated")__builtin_unreachable();                         \
  }                                                                          \
  break;
1713#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

case DeclSpec::TST_error:
  Result = Context.IntTy;
  declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  break;
}

// FIXME: we want resulting declarations to be marked invalid, but claiming
// the type is invalid is too strong - e.g. it causes ActOnTypeName to return
// a null type.
if (Result->containsErrors())
  declarator.setInvalidType();

if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
  const auto &OpenCLOptions = S.getOpenCLOptions();
  bool IsOpenCLC30 = (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 300);
  // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.3.3 - OpenCL image types require __opencl_c_images
  // support.
  // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.2.1 - OpenCL 3d image write types requires support
  // for OpenCL C 2.0, or OpenCL C 3.0 or newer and the
  // __opencl_c_3d_image_writes feature. OpenCL C v3.0 API s4.2 - For devices
  // that support OpenCL 3.0, cl_khr_3d_image_writes must be returned when and
  // only when the optional feature is supported
  if ((Result->isImageType() || Result->isSamplerT()) &&
      (IsOpenCLC30 &&
       !OpenCLOptions.isSupported("__opencl_c_images", S.getLangOpts()))) {
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension)
        << 0 << Result << "__opencl_c_images";
    declarator.setInvalidType();
  } else if (Result->isOCLImage3dWOType() &&
             !OpenCLOptions.isSupported("cl_khr_3d_image_writes",
                                        S.getLangOpts())) {
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension)
        << 0 << Result
        << (IsOpenCLC30
                ? "cl_khr_3d_image_writes and __opencl_c_3d_image_writes"
                : "cl_khr_3d_image_writes");
    declarator.setInvalidType();
  }
}

bool IsFixedPointType = DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_accum ||
                        DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_fract;

// Only fixed point types can be saturated
if (DS.isTypeSpecSat() && !IsFixedPointType)
  S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecSatLoc(), diag::err_invalid_saturation_spec)
      << DS.getSpecifierName(DS.getTypeSpecType(),
                             Context.getPrintingPolicy());

// Handle complex types.
if (DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_complex) {
  if (S.getLangOpts().Freestanding)
    S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecComplexLoc(), diag::ext_freestanding_complex);
  Result = Context.getComplexType(Result);
} else if (DS.isTypeAltiVecVector()) {
  unsigned typeSize = static_cast<unsigned>(Context.getTypeSize(Result));
  assert(typeSize > 0 && "type size for vector must be greater than 0 bits")((void)0);
  VectorType::VectorKind VecKind = VectorType::AltiVecVector;
  if (DS.isTypeAltiVecPixel())
    VecKind = VectorType::AltiVecPixel;
  else if (DS.isTypeAltiVecBool())
    VecKind = VectorType::AltiVecBool;
  Result = Context.getVectorType(Result, 128/typeSize, VecKind);
}

// FIXME: Imaginary.
if (DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_imaginary)
  S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecComplexLoc(), diag::err_imaginary_not_supported);

// Before we process any type attributes, synthesize a block literal
// function declarator if necessary.
if (declarator.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral)
  maybeSynthesizeBlockSignature(state, Result);

// Apply any type attributes from the decl spec.  This may cause the
// list of type attributes to be temporarily saved while the type
// attributes are pushed around.
// pipe attributes will be handled later ( at GetFullTypeForDeclarator )
if (!DS.isTypeSpecPipe())
  processTypeAttrs(state, Result, TAL_DeclSpec, DS.getAttributes());

// Apply const/volatile/restrict qualifiers to T.
if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
  // Warn about CV qualifiers on function types.
  // C99 6.7.3p8:
  //   If the specification of a function type includes any type qualifiers,
  //   the behavior is undefined.
  // C++11 [dcl.fct]p7:
  //   The effect of a cv-qualifier-seq in a function declarator is not the
  //   same as adding cv-qualification on top of the function type. In the
  //   latter case, the cv-qualifiers are ignored.
  if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
    diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers(
        S, DS, TypeQuals, Result, DeclSpec::TQ_const | DeclSpec::TQ_volatile,
        S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
            ? diag::warn_typecheck_function_qualifiers_ignored
            : diag::warn_typecheck_function_qualifiers_unspecified);
    // No diagnostic for 'restrict' or '_Atomic' applied to a
    // function type; we'll diagnose those later, in BuildQualifiedType.
  }

  // C++11 [dcl.ref]p1:
  //   Cv-qualified references are ill-formed except when the
  //   cv-qualifiers are introduced through the use of a typedef-name
  //   or decltype-specifier, in which case the cv-qualifiers are ignored.
  //
  // There don't appear to be any other contexts in which a cv-qualified
  // reference type could be formed, so the 'ill-formed' clause here appears
  // to never happen.
  if (TypeQuals && Result->isReferenceType()) {
    diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers(
        S, DS, TypeQuals, Result,
        DeclSpec::TQ_const | DeclSpec::TQ_volatile | DeclSpec::TQ_atomic,
        diag::warn_typecheck_reference_qualifiers);
  }

  // C90 6.5.3 constraints: "The same type qualifier shall not appear more
  // than once in the same specifier-list or qualifier-list, either directly
  // or via one or more typedefs."
  if (!S.getLangOpts().C99 && !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
      && TypeQuals & Result.getCVRQualifiers()) {
    if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_const && Result.isConstQualified()) {
      S.Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_duplicate_declspec)
        << "const";
    }

    if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile && Result.isVolatileQualified()) {
      S.Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_duplicate_declspec)
        << "volatile";
    }

    // C90 doesn't have restrict nor _Atomic, so it doesn't force us to
    // produce a warning in this case.
  }

  QualType Qualified = S.BuildQualifiedType(Result, DeclLoc, TypeQuals, &DS);

  // If adding qualifiers fails, just use the unqualified type.
  if (Qualified.isNull())
    declarator.setInvalidType(true);
  else
    Result = Qualified;
}

assert(!Result.isNull() && "This function should not return a null type")((void)0);
return Result;
1861}

1863static std::string getPrintableNameForEntity(DeclarationName Entity) {
if (Entity)
  return Entity.getAsString();

return "type name";
1868}

1870QualType Sema::BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc,
                                Qualifiers Qs, const DeclSpec *DS) {
if (T.isNull())
  return QualType();

// Ignore any attempt to form a cv-qualified reference.
if (T->isReferenceType()) {
  Qs.removeConst();
  Qs.removeVolatile();
}

// Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from
// object or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
if (Qs.hasRestrict()) {
  unsigned DiagID = 0;
  QualType ProblemTy;

  if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isReferenceType() ||
      T->isMemberPointerType()) {
    QualType EltTy;
    if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
      EltTy = T;
    else if (const MemberPointerType *PTy = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
      EltTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
    else
      EltTy = T->getPointeeType();

    // If we have a pointer or reference, the pointee must have an object
    // incomplete type.
    if (!EltTy->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
      DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_invalid_pointee;
      ProblemTy = EltTy;
    }
  } else if (!T->isDependentType()) {
    DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer;
    ProblemTy = T;
  }

  if (DiagID) {
    Diag(DS ? DS->getRestrictSpecLoc() : Loc, DiagID) << ProblemTy;
    Qs.removeRestrict();
  }
}

return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs);
1915}

1917QualType Sema::BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc,
                                unsigned CVRAU, const DeclSpec *DS) {
if (T.isNull())
  return QualType();

// Ignore any attempt to form a cv-qualified reference.
if (T->isReferenceType())
  CVRAU &=
      ~(DeclSpec::TQ_const | DeclSpec::TQ_volatile | DeclSpec::TQ_atomic);

// Convert from DeclSpec::TQ to Qualifiers::TQ by just dropping TQ_atomic and
// TQ_unaligned;
unsigned CVR = CVRAU & ~(DeclSpec::TQ_atomic | DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned);

// C11 6.7.3/5:
//   If the same qualifier appears more than once in the same
//   specifier-qualifier-list, either directly or via one or more typedefs,
//   the behavior is the same as if it appeared only once.
//
// It's not specified what happens when the _Atomic qualifier is applied to
// a type specified with the _Atomic specifier, but we assume that this
// should be treated as if the _Atomic qualifier appeared multiple times.
if (CVRAU & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic && !T->isAtomicType()) {
  // C11 6.7.3/5:
  //   If other qualifiers appear along with the _Atomic qualifier in a
  //   specifier-qualifier-list, the resulting type is the so-qualified
  //   atomic type.
  //
  // Don't need to worry about array types here, since _Atomic can't be
  // applied to such types.
  SplitQualType Split = T.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
  T = BuildAtomicType(QualType(Split.Ty, 0),
                      DS ? DS->getAtomicSpecLoc() : Loc);
  if (T.isNull())
    return T;
  Split.Quals.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
  return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Split.Quals);
}

Qualifiers Q = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
Q.setUnaligned(CVRAU & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned);
return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Q, DS);
1959}

1961/// Build a paren type including \p T.
1962QualType Sema::BuildParenType(QualType T) {
return Context.getParenType(T);
1964}

1966/// Given that we're building a pointer or reference to the given
1967static QualType inferARCLifetimeForPointee(Sema &S, QualType type,
                                         SourceLocation loc,
                                         bool isReference) {
// Bail out if retention is unrequired or already specified.
if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType() ||
    type.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
  return type;

Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;

// If the object type is const-qualified, we can safely use
// __unsafe_unretained.  This is safe (because there are no read
// barriers), and it'll be safe to coerce anything but __weak* to
// the resulting type.
if (type.isConstQualified()) {
  implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;

// Otherwise, check whether the static type does not require
// retaining.  This currently only triggers for Class (possibly
// protocol-qualifed, and arrays thereof).
} else if (type->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) {
  implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;

// If we are in an unevaluated context, like sizeof, skip adding a
// qualification.
} else if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) {
  return type;

// If that failed, give an error and recover using __strong.  __strong
// is the option most likely to prevent spurious second-order diagnostics,
// like when binding a reference to a field.
} else {
  // These types can show up in private ivars in system headers, so
  // we need this to not be an error in those cases.  Instead we
  // want to delay.
  if (S.DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) {
    S.DelayedDiagnostics.add(
        sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(loc,
            diag::err_arc_indirect_no_ownership, type, isReference));
  } else {
    S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_indirect_no_ownership) << type << isReference;
  }
  implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Strong;
}
assert(implicitLifetime && "didn't infer any lifetime!")((void)0);

Qualifiers qs;
qs.addObjCLifetime(implicitLifetime);
return S.Context.getQualifiedType(type, qs);
2016}

2018static std::string getFunctionQualifiersAsString(const FunctionProtoType *FnTy){
std::string Quals = FnTy->getMethodQuals().getAsString();

switch (FnTy->getRefQualifier()) {
case RQ_None:
  break;

case RQ_LValue:
  if (!Quals.empty())
    Quals += ' ';
  Quals += '&';
  break;

case RQ_RValue:
  if (!Quals.empty())
    Quals += ' ';
  Quals += "&&";
  break;
}

return Quals;
2039}

2041namespace {
2042/// Kinds of declarator that cannot contain a qualified function type.
2043///
2044/// C++98 [dcl.fct]p4 / C++11 [dcl.fct]p6:
2045///     a function type with a cv-qualifier or a ref-qualifier can only appear
2046///     at the topmost level of a type.
2047///
2048/// Parens and member pointers are permitted. We don't diagnose array and
2049/// function declarators, because they don't allow function types at all.
2050///
2051/// The values of this enum are used in diagnostics.
2052enum QualifiedFunctionKind { QFK_BlockPointer, QFK_Pointer, QFK_Reference };
2053} // end anonymous namespace

2055/// Check whether the type T is a qualified function type, and if it is,
2056/// diagnose that it cannot be contained within the given kind of declarator.
2057static bool checkQualifiedFunction(Sema &S, QualType T, SourceLocation Loc,
                                 QualifiedFunctionKind QFK) {
// Does T refer to a function type with a cv-qualifier or a ref-qualifier?
const FunctionProtoType *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (!FPT ||
    (FPT->getMethodQuals().empty() && FPT->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None))
  return false;

S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_compound_qualified_function_type)
  << QFK << isa<FunctionType>(T.IgnoreParens()) << T
  << getFunctionQualifiersAsString(FPT);
return true;
2069}

2071bool Sema::CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) {
const FunctionProtoType *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (!FPT ||
    (FPT->getMethodQuals().empty() && FPT->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None))
  return false;

Diag(Loc, diag::err_qualified_function_typeid)
    << T << getFunctionQualifiersAsString(FPT);
return true;
2080}

2082// Helper to deduce addr space of a pointee type in OpenCL mode.
2083static QualType deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(Sema &S, QualType PointeeType) {
if (!PointeeType->isUndeducedAutoType() && !PointeeType->isDependentType() &&
    !PointeeType->isSamplerT() &&
    !PointeeType.hasAddressSpace())
  PointeeType = S.getASTContext().getAddrSpaceQualType(
      PointeeType, S.getLangOpts().OpenCLGenericAddressSpace
                       ? LangAS::opencl_generic
                       : LangAS::opencl_private);
return PointeeType;
2092}

2094/// Build a pointer type.
2095///
2096/// \param T The type to which we'll be building a pointer.
2097///
2098/// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
2099/// pointer type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
2100/// type that will have pointer type.
2101///
2102/// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the pointer
2103/// type, if known.
2104///
2105/// \returns A suitable pointer type, if there are no
2106/// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
2107QualType Sema::BuildPointerType(QualType T,
                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity) {
if (T->isReferenceType()) {
  // C++ 8.3.2p4: There shall be no ... pointers to references ...
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_pointer_to_reference)
    << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T;
  return QualType();
}

if (T->isFunctionType() && getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
    !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers",
                                          getLangOpts())) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) << /*pointer*/ 0;
  return QualType();
}

if (checkQualifiedFunction(*this, T, Loc, QFK_Pointer))
  return QualType();

assert(!T->isObjCObjectType() && "Should build ObjCObjectPointerType")((void)0);

// In ARC, it is forbidden to build pointers to unqualified pointers.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
  T = inferARCLifetimeForPointee(*this, T, Loc, /*reference*/ false);

if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
  T = deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(*this, T);

// Build the pointer type.
return Context.getPointerType(T);
2137}

2139/// Build a reference type.
2140///
2141/// \param T The type to which we'll be building a reference.
2142///
2143/// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
2144/// reference type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
2145/// type that will have reference type.
2146///
2147/// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the reference
2148/// type, if known.
2149///
2150/// \returns A suitable reference type, if there are no
2151/// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
2152QualType Sema::BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue,
                                SourceLocation Loc,
                                DeclarationName Entity) {
assert(Context.getCanonicalType(T) != Context.OverloadTy &&((void)0)
       "Unresolved overloaded function type")((void)0);

// C++0x [dcl.ref]p6:
//   If a typedef (7.1.3), a type template-parameter (14.3.1), or a
//   decltype-specifier (7.1.6.2) denotes a type TR that is a reference to a
//   type T, an attempt to create the type "lvalue reference to cv TR" creates
//   the type "lvalue reference to T", while an attempt to create the type
//   "rvalue reference to cv TR" creates the type TR.
bool LValueRef = SpelledAsLValue || T->getAs<LValueReferenceType>();

// C++ [dcl.ref]p4: There shall be no references to references.
//
// According to C++ DR 106, references to references are only
// diagnosed when they are written directly (e.g., "int & &"),
// but not when they happen via a typedef:
//
//   typedef int& intref;
//   typedef intref& intref2;
//
// Parser::ParseDeclaratorInternal diagnoses the case where
// references are written directly; here, we handle the
// collapsing of references-to-references as described in C++0x.
// DR 106 and 540 introduce reference-collapsing into C++98/03.

// C++ [dcl.ref]p1:
//   A declarator that specifies the type "reference to cv void"
//   is ill-formed.
if (T->isVoidType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_void);
  return QualType();
}

if (checkQualifiedFunction(*this, T, Loc, QFK_Reference))
  return QualType();

if (T->isFunctionType() && getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
    !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers",
                                          getLangOpts())) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) << /*reference*/ 1;
  return QualType();
}

// In ARC, it is forbidden to build references to unqualified pointers.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
  T = inferARCLifetimeForPointee(*this, T, Loc, /*reference*/ true);

if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
  T = deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(*this, T);

// Handle restrict on references.
if (LValueRef)
  return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T, SpelledAsLValue);
return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T);
2209}

2211/// Build a Read-only Pipe type.
2212///
2213/// \param T The type to which we'll be building a Pipe.
2214///
2215/// \param Loc We do not use it for now.
2216///
2217/// \returns A suitable pipe type, if there are no errors. Otherwise, returns a
2218/// NULL type.
2219QualType Sema::BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) {
return Context.getReadPipeType(T);
2221}

2223/// Build a Write-only Pipe type.
2224///
2225/// \param T The type to which we'll be building a Pipe.
2226///
2227/// \param Loc We do not use it for now.
2228///
2229/// \returns A suitable pipe type, if there are no errors. Otherwise, returns a
2230/// NULL type.
2231QualType Sema::BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) {
return Context.getWritePipeType(T);
2233}

2235/// Build a extended int type.
2236///
2237/// \param IsUnsigned Boolean representing the signedness of the type.
2238///
2239/// \param BitWidth Size of this int type in bits, or an expression representing
2240/// that.
2241///
2242/// \param Loc Location of the keyword.
2243QualType Sema::BuildExtIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth,
                             SourceLocation Loc) {
if (BitWidth->isInstantiationDependent())
  return Context.getDependentExtIntType(IsUnsigned, BitWidth);

llvm::APSInt Bits(32);
ExprResult ICE =
    VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Bits, /*FIXME*/ AllowFold);

if (ICE.isInvalid())
  return QualType();

int64_t NumBits = Bits.getSExtValue();
if (!IsUnsigned && NumBits < 2) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_ext_int_bad_size) << 0;
  return QualType();
}

if (IsUnsigned && NumBits < 1) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_ext_int_bad_size) << 1;
  return QualType();
}

if (NumBits > llvm::IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_ext_int_max_size) << IsUnsigned
                                        << llvm::IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS;
  return QualType();
}

return Context.getExtIntType(IsUnsigned, NumBits);
2273}

2275/// Check whether the specified array bound can be evaluated using the relevant
2276/// language rules. If so, returns the possibly-converted expression and sets
2277/// SizeVal to the size. If not, but the expression might be a VLA bound,
2278/// returns ExprResult(). Otherwise, produces a diagnostic and returns
2279/// ExprError().
2280static ExprResult checkArraySize(Sema &S, Expr *&ArraySize,
                               llvm::APSInt &SizeVal, unsigned VLADiag,
                               bool VLAIsError) {
if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
    (VLAIsError ||
     !ArraySize->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())) {
  // C++14 [dcl.array]p1:
  //   The constant-expression shall be a converted constant expression of
  //   type std::size_t.
  //
  // Don't apply this rule if we might be forming a VLA: in that case, we
  // allow non-constant expressions and constant-folding. We only need to use
  // the converted constant expression rules (to properly convert the source)
  // when the source expression is of class type.
  return S.CheckConvertedConstantExpression(
      ArraySize, S.Context.getSizeType(), SizeVal, Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound);
}

// If the size is an ICE, it certainly isn't a VLA. If we're in a GNU mode
// (like gnu99, but not c99) accept any evaluatable value as an extension.
class VLADiagnoser : public Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser {
public:
  unsigned VLADiag;
  bool VLAIsError;
  bool IsVLA = false;

  VLADiagnoser(unsigned VLADiag, bool VLAIsError)
      : VLADiag(VLADiag), VLAIsError(VLAIsError) {}

  Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                 QualType T) override {
    return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_non_int) << T;
  }

  Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S,
                                             SourceLocation Loc) override {
    IsVLA = !VLAIsError;
    return S.Diag(Loc, VLADiag);
  }

  Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S,
                                           SourceLocation Loc) override {
    return S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
  }
} Diagnoser(VLADiag, VLAIsError);

ExprResult R =
    S.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(ArraySize, &SizeVal, Diagnoser);
if (Diagnoser.IsVLA)
  return ExprResult();
return R;
2331}

2333/// Build an array type.
2334///
2335/// \param T The type of each element in the array.
2336///
2337/// \param ASM C99 array size modifier (e.g., '*', 'static').
2338///
2339/// \param ArraySize Expression describing the size of the array.
2340///
2341/// \param Brackets The range from the opening '[' to the closing ']'.
2342///
2343/// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the array
2344/// type, if known.
2345///
2346/// \returns A suitable array type, if there are no errors. Otherwise,
2347/// returns a NULL type.
2348QualType Sema::BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
                            Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
                            SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity) {

SourceLocation Loc = Brackets.getBegin();
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
  // C++ [dcl.array]p1:
  //   T is called the array element type; this type shall not be a reference
  //   type, the (possibly cv-qualified) type void, a function type or an
  //   abstract class type.
  //
  // C++ [dcl.array]p3:
  //   When several "array of" specifications are adjacent, [...] only the
  //   first of the constant expressions that specify the bounds of the arrays
  //   may be omitted.
  //
  // Note: function types are handled in the common path with C.
  if (T->isReferenceType()) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_array_of_references)
    << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T;
    return QualType();
  }

  if (T->isVoidType() || T->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type) << 0 << T;
    return QualType();
  }

  if (RequireNonAbstractType(Brackets.getBegin(), T,
                             diag::err_array_of_abstract_type))
    return QualType();

  // Mentioning a member pointer type for an array type causes us to lock in
  // an inheritance model, even if it's inside an unused typedef.
  if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
    if (const MemberPointerType *MPTy = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
      if (!MPTy->getClass()->isDependentType())
        (void)isCompleteType(Loc, T);

} else {
  // C99 6.7.5.2p1: If the element type is an incomplete or function type,
  // reject it (e.g. void ary[7], struct foo ary[7], void ary[7]())
  if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, T,
                               diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
    return QualType();
}

if (T->isSizelessType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type) << 1 << T;
  return QualType();
}

if (T->isFunctionType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_array_of_functions)
    << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T;
  return QualType();
}

if (const RecordType *EltTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  // If the element type is a struct or union that contains a variadic
  // array, accept it as a GNU extension: C99 6.7.2.1p2.
  if (EltTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    Diag(Loc, diag::ext_flexible_array_in_array) << T;
} else if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_array_of_interfaces) << T;
  return QualType();
}

// Do placeholder conversions on the array size expression.
if (ArraySize && ArraySize->hasPlaceholderType()) {
  ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return QualType();
  ArraySize = Result.get();
}

// Do lvalue-to-rvalue conversions on the array size expression.
if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isPRValue()) {
  ExprResult Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(ArraySize);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  ArraySize = Result.get();
}

// C99 6.7.5.2p1: The size expression shall have integer type.
// C++11 allows contextual conversions to such types.
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
    ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent() &&
    !ArraySize->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
  Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_size_non_int)
      << ArraySize->getType() << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

// VLAs always produce at least a -Wvla diagnostic, sometimes an error.
unsigned VLADiag;
bool VLAIsError;
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
  // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.d: variable length arrays are not supported.
  VLADiag = diag::err_opencl_vla;
  VLAIsError = true;
} else if (getLangOpts().C99) {
  VLADiag = diag::warn_vla_used;
  VLAIsError = false;
} else if (isSFINAEContext()) {
  VLADiag = diag::err_vla_in_sfinae;
  VLAIsError = true;
} else {
  VLADiag = diag::ext_vla;
  VLAIsError = false;
}

llvm::APSInt ConstVal(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()));
if (!ArraySize) {
  if (ASM == ArrayType::Star) {
    Diag(Loc, VLADiag);
    if (VLAIsError)
      return QualType();

    T = Context.getVariableArrayType(T, nullptr, ASM, Quals, Brackets);
  } else {
    T = Context.getIncompleteArrayType(T, ASM, Quals);
  }
} else if (ArraySize->isTypeDependent() || ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
  T = Context.getDependentSizedArrayType(T, ArraySize, ASM, Quals, Brackets);
} else {
  ExprResult R =
      checkArraySize(*this, ArraySize, ConstVal, VLADiag, VLAIsError);
  if (R.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  if (!R.isUsable()) {
    // C99: an array with a non-ICE size is a VLA. We accept any expression
    // that we can fold to a non-zero positive value as a non-VLA as an
    // extension.
    T = Context.getVariableArrayType(T, ArraySize, ASM, Quals, Brackets);
  } else if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIncompleteType() &&
             !T->isConstantSizeType()) {
    // C99: an array with an element type that has a non-constant-size is a
    // VLA.
    // FIXME: Add a note to explain why this isn't a VLA.
    Diag(Loc, VLADiag);
    if (VLAIsError)
      return QualType();
    T = Context.getVariableArrayType(T, ArraySize, ASM, Quals, Brackets);
  } else {
    // C99 6.7.5.2p1: If the expression is a constant expression, it shall
    // have a value greater than zero.
    // In C++, this follows from narrowing conversions being disallowed.
    if (ConstVal.isSigned() && ConstVal.isNegative()) {
      if (Entity)
        Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decl_negative_array_size)
            << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity)
            << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
      else
        Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(),
             diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
            << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
    if (ConstVal == 0) {
      // GCC accepts zero sized static arrays. We allow them when
      // we're not in a SFINAE context.
      Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(),
           isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_zero_array_size
                             : diag::ext_typecheck_zero_array_size)
          << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
    }

    // Is the array too large?
    unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
        (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
         !T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isUndeducedType())
            ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, T, ConstVal)
            : ConstVal.getActiveBits();
    if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
      Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large)
          << toString(ConstVal, 10) << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }

    T = Context.getConstantArrayType(T, ConstVal, ArraySize, ASM, Quals);
  }
}

if (T->isVariableArrayType() && !Context.getTargetInfo().isVLASupported()) {
  // CUDA device code and some other targets don't support VLAs.
  targetDiag(Loc, (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice)
                      ? diag::err_cuda_vla
                      : diag::err_vla_unsupported)
      << ((getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice)
              ? CurrentCUDATarget()
              : CFT_InvalidTarget);
}

// If this is not C99, diagnose array size modifiers on non-VLAs.
if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !T->isVariableArrayType() &&
    (ASM != ArrayType::Normal || Quals != 0)) {
  Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? diag::err_c99_array_usage_cxx
                                    : diag::ext_c99_array_usage)
      << ASM;
}

// OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Arrays of blocks are not supported.
// OpenCL v2.0 s6.16.13.1 - Arrays of pipe type are not supported.
// OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Arrays of image/sampler type are not supported.
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
  const QualType ArrType = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
  if (ArrType->isBlockPointerType() || ArrType->isPipeType() ||
      ArrType->isSamplerT() || ArrType->isImageType()) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_invalid_type_array) << ArrType;
    return QualType();
  }
}

return T;
2564}

2566QualType Sema::BuildVectorType(QualType CurType, Expr *SizeExpr,
                             SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
// The base type must be integer (not Boolean or enumeration) or float, and
// can't already be a vector.
if ((!CurType->isDependentType() &&
     (!CurType->isBuiltinType() || CurType->isBooleanType() ||
      (!CurType->isIntegerType() && !CurType->isRealFloatingType()))) ||
    CurType->isArrayType()) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_vector_type) << CurType;
  return QualType();
}

if (SizeExpr->isTypeDependent() || SizeExpr->isValueDependent())
  return Context.getDependentVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, AttrLoc,
                                             VectorType::GenericVector);

Optional<llvm::APSInt> VecSize = SizeExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);
if (!VecSize) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
      << "vector_size" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant
      << SizeExpr->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

if (CurType->isDependentType())
  return Context.getDependentVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, AttrLoc,
                                             VectorType::GenericVector);

// vecSize is specified in bytes - convert to bits.
if (!VecSize->isIntN(61)) {
  // Bit size will overflow uint64.
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large)
      << SizeExpr->getSourceRange() << "vector";
  return QualType();
}
uint64_t VectorSizeBits = VecSize->getZExtValue() * 8;
unsigned TypeSize = static_cast<unsigned>(Context.getTypeSize(CurType));

if (VectorSizeBits == 0) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size)
      << SizeExpr->getSourceRange() << "vector";
  return QualType();
}

if (VectorSizeBits % TypeSize) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_size)
      << SizeExpr->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

if (VectorSizeBits / TypeSize > std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large)
      << SizeExpr->getSourceRange() << "vector";
  return QualType();
}

return Context.getVectorType(CurType, VectorSizeBits / TypeSize,
                             VectorType::GenericVector);
2624}

2626/// Build an ext-vector type.
2627///
2628/// Run the required checks for the extended vector type.
2629QualType Sema::BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
                                SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
// Unlike gcc's vector_size attribute, we do not allow vectors to be defined
// in conjunction with complex types (pointers, arrays, functions, etc.).
//
// Additionally, OpenCL prohibits vectors of booleans (they're considered a
// reserved data type under OpenCL v2.0 s6.1.4), we don't support selects
// on bitvectors, and we have no well-defined ABI for bitvectors, so vectors
// of bool aren't allowed.
if ((!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegerType() &&
     !T->isRealFloatingType()) ||
    T->isBooleanType()) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_vector_type) << T;
  return QualType();
}

if (!ArraySize->isTypeDependent() && !ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
  Optional<llvm::APSInt> vecSize = ArraySize->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);
  if (!vecSize) {
    Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
      << "ext_vector_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant
      << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  if (!vecSize->isIntN(32)) {
    Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large)
        << ArraySize->getSourceRange() << "vector";
    return QualType();
  }
  // Unlike gcc's vector_size attribute, the size is specified as the
  // number of elements, not the number of bytes.
  unsigned vectorSize = static_cast<unsigned>(vecSize->getZExtValue());

  if (vectorSize == 0) {
    Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size)
        << ArraySize->getSourceRange() << "vector";
    return QualType();
  }

  return Context.getExtVectorType(T, vectorSize);
}

return Context.getDependentSizedExtVectorType(T, ArraySize, AttrLoc);
2673}

2675QualType Sema::BuildMatrixType(QualType ElementTy, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumCols,
                             SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
assert(Context.getLangOpts().MatrixTypes &&((void)0)
       "Should never build a matrix type when it is disabled")((void)0);

// Check element type, if it is not dependent.
if (!ElementTy->isDependentType() &&
    !MatrixType::isValidElementType(ElementTy)) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_matrix_type) << ElementTy;
  return QualType();
}

if (NumRows->isTypeDependent() || NumCols->isTypeDependent() ||
    NumRows->isValueDependent() || NumCols->isValueDependent())
  return Context.getDependentSizedMatrixType(ElementTy, NumRows, NumCols,
                                             AttrLoc);

Optional<llvm::APSInt> ValueRows = NumRows->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);
Optional<llvm::APSInt> ValueColumns =
    NumCols->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);

auto const RowRange = NumRows->getSourceRange();
auto const ColRange = NumCols->getSourceRange();

// Both are row and column expressions are invalid.
if (!ValueRows && !ValueColumns) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
      << "matrix_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << RowRange
      << ColRange;
  return QualType();
}

// Only the row expression is invalid.
if (!ValueRows) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
      << "matrix_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << RowRange;
  return QualType();
}

// Only the column expression is invalid.
if (!ValueColumns) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
      << "matrix_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << ColRange;
  return QualType();
}

// Check the matrix dimensions.
unsigned MatrixRows = static_cast<unsigned>(ValueRows->getZExtValue());
unsigned MatrixColumns = static_cast<unsigned>(ValueColumns->getZExtValue());
if (MatrixRows == 0 && MatrixColumns == 0) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size)
      << "matrix" << RowRange << ColRange;
  return QualType();
}
if (MatrixRows == 0) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size) << "matrix" << RowRange;
  return QualType();
}
if (MatrixColumns == 0) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size) << "matrix" << ColRange;
  return QualType();
}
if (!ConstantMatrixType::isDimensionValid(MatrixRows)) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large)
      << RowRange << "matrix row";
  return QualType();
}
if (!ConstantMatrixType::isDimensionValid(MatrixColumns)) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large)
      << ColRange << "matrix column";
  return QualType();
}
return Context.getConstantMatrixType(ElementTy, MatrixRows, MatrixColumns);
2748}

2750bool Sema::CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) {
if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
    << T->isFunctionType() << T;
  return true;
}

// Functions cannot return half FP.
if (T->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 1 <<
    FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "*");
  return true;
}

// Methods cannot return interface types. All ObjC objects are
// passed by reference.
if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value)
      << 0 << T << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "*");
  return true;
}

if (T.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
    T.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
  checkNonTrivialCUnion(T, Loc, NTCUC_FunctionReturn,
                        NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);

// C++2a [dcl.fct]p12:
//   A volatile-qualified return type is deprecated
if (T.isVolatileQualified() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
  Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_return) << T;

return false;
2783}

2785/// Check the extended parameter information.  Most of the necessary
2786/// checking should occur when applying the parameter attribute; the
2787/// only other checks required are positional restrictions.
2788static void checkExtParameterInfos(Sema &S, ArrayRef<QualType> paramTypes,
                  const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI,
                  llvm::function_ref<SourceLocation(unsigned)> getParamLoc) {
assert(EPI.ExtParameterInfos && "shouldn't get here without param infos")((void)0);

bool emittedError = false;
auto actualCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
enum class RequiredCC { OnlySwift, SwiftOrSwiftAsync };
auto checkCompatible = [&](unsigned paramIndex, RequiredCC required) {
  bool isCompatible =
      (required == RequiredCC::OnlySwift)
          ? (actualCC == CC_Swift)
          : (actualCC == CC_Swift || actualCC == CC_SwiftAsync);
  if (isCompatible || emittedError)
    return;
  S.Diag(getParamLoc(paramIndex), diag::err_swift_param_attr_not_swiftcall)
      << getParameterABISpelling(EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex].getABI())
      << (required == RequiredCC::OnlySwift);
  emittedError = true;
};
for (size_t paramIndex = 0, numParams = paramTypes.size();
        paramIndex != numParams; ++paramIndex) {
  switch (EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex].getABI()) {
  // Nothing interesting to check for orindary-ABI parameters.
  case ParameterABI::Ordinary:
    continue;

  // swift_indirect_result parameters must be a prefix of the function
  // arguments.
  case ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult:
    checkCompatible(paramIndex, RequiredCC::SwiftOrSwiftAsync);
    if (paramIndex != 0 &&
        EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex - 1].getABI()
          != ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult) {
      S.Diag(getParamLoc(paramIndex),
             diag::err_swift_indirect_result_not_first);
    }
    continue;

  case ParameterABI::SwiftContext:
    checkCompatible(paramIndex, RequiredCC::SwiftOrSwiftAsync);
    continue;

  // SwiftAsyncContext is not limited to swiftasynccall functions.
  case ParameterABI::SwiftAsyncContext:
    continue;

  // swift_error parameters must be preceded by a swift_context parameter.
  case ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult:
    checkCompatible(paramIndex, RequiredCC::OnlySwift);
    if (paramIndex == 0 ||
        EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex - 1].getABI() !=
            ParameterABI::SwiftContext) {
      S.Diag(getParamLoc(paramIndex),
             diag::err_swift_error_result_not_after_swift_context);
    }
    continue;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind")__builtin_unreachable();
}
2848}

2850QualType Sema::BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
                               MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
                               const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) {
bool Invalid = false;

Invalid |= CheckFunctionReturnType(T, Loc);

for (unsigned Idx = 0, Cnt = ParamTypes.size(); Idx < Cnt; ++Idx) {
  // FIXME: Loc is too inprecise here, should use proper locations for args.
  QualType ParamType = Context.getAdjustedParameterType(ParamTypes[Idx]);
  if (ParamType->isVoidType()) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_param_with_void_type);
    Invalid = true;
  } else if (ParamType->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) {
    // Disallow half FP arguments.
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 0 <<
      FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "*");
    Invalid = true;
  }

  // C++2a [dcl.fct]p4:
  //   A parameter with volatile-qualified type is deprecated
  if (ParamType.isVolatileQualified() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_param) << ParamType;

  ParamTypes[Idx] = ParamType;
}

if (EPI.ExtParameterInfos) {
  checkExtParameterInfos(*this, ParamTypes, EPI,
                         [=](unsigned i) { return Loc; });
}

if (EPI.ExtInfo.getProducesResult()) {
  // This is just a warning, so we can't fail to build if we see it.
  checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(Loc, T);
}

if (Invalid)
  return QualType();

return Context.getFunctionType(T, ParamTypes, EPI);
2893}

2895/// Build a member pointer type \c T Class::*.
2896///
2897/// \param T the type to which the member pointer refers.
2898/// \param Class the class type into which the member pointer points.
2899/// \param Loc the location where this type begins
2900/// \param Entity the name of the entity that will have this member pointer type
2901///
2902/// \returns a member pointer type, if successful, or a NULL type if there was
2903/// an error.
2904QualType Sema::BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
                                    SourceLocation Loc,
                                    DeclarationName Entity) {
// Verify that we're not building a pointer to pointer to function with
// exception specification.
if (CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_distant_exception_spec);
  return QualType();
}

// C++ 8.3.3p3: A pointer to member shall not point to ... a member
//   with reference type, or "cv void."
if (T->isReferenceType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_mempointer_to_reference)
    << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T;
  return QualType();
}

if (T->isVoidType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_mempointer_to_void)
    << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity);
  return QualType();
}

if (!Class->isDependentType() && !Class->isRecordType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_mempointer_in_nonclass_type) << Class;
  return QualType();
}

if (T->isFunctionType() && getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
    !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers",
                                          getLangOpts())) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) << /*pointer*/ 0;
  return QualType();
}

// Adjust the default free function calling convention to the default method
// calling convention.
bool IsCtorOrDtor =
    (Entity.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) ||
    (Entity.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName);
if (T->isFunctionType())
  adjustMemberFunctionCC(T, /*IsStatic=*/false, IsCtorOrDtor, Loc);

return Context.getMemberPointerType(T, Class.getTypePtr());
2949}

2951/// Build a block pointer type.
2952///
2953/// \param T The type to which we'll be building a block pointer.
2954///
2955/// \param Loc The source location, used for diagnostics.
2956///
2957/// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the block pointer
2958/// type, if known.
2959///
2960/// \returns A suitable block pointer type, if there are no
2961/// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
2962QualType Sema::BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
                                   SourceLocation Loc,
                                   DeclarationName Entity) {
if (!T->isFunctionType()) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_nonfunction_block_type);
  return QualType();
}

if (checkQualifiedFunction(*this, T, Loc, QFK_BlockPointer))
  return QualType();

if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
  T = deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(*this, T);

return Context.getBlockPointerType(T);
2977}

2979QualType Sema::GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo) {
QualType QT = Ty.get();
if (QT.isNull()) {
  if (TInfo) *TInfo = nullptr;
  return QualType();
}

TypeSourceInfo *DI = nullptr;
if (const LocInfoType *LIT = dyn_cast<LocInfoType>(QT)) {
  QT = LIT->getType();
  DI = LIT->getTypeSourceInfo();
}

if (TInfo) *TInfo = DI;
return QT;
2994}

2996static void transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                          Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership,
                                          unsigned chunkIndex);

3000/// Given that this is the declaration of a parameter under ARC,
3001/// attempt to infer attributes and such for pointer-to-whatever
3002/// types.
3003static void inferARCWriteback(TypeProcessingState &state,
                            QualType &declSpecType) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

// TODO: should we care about decl qualifiers?

// Check whether the declarator has the expected form.  We walk
// from the inside out in order to make the block logic work.
unsigned outermostPointerIndex = 0;
bool isBlockPointer = false;
unsigned numPointers = 0;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
  unsigned chunkIndex = i;
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(chunkIndex);
  switch (chunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    // Ignore parens.
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
    // Count the number of pointers.  Treat references
    // interchangeably as pointers; if they're mis-ordered, normal
    // type building will discover that.
    outermostPointerIndex = chunkIndex;
    numPointers++;
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
    // If we have a pointer to block pointer, that's an acceptable
    // indirect reference; anything else is not an application of
    // the rules.
    if (numPointers != 1) return;
    numPointers++;
    outermostPointerIndex = chunkIndex;
    isBlockPointer = true;

    // We don't care about pointer structure in return values here.
    goto done;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Array: // suppress if written (id[])?
  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    return;
  }
}
done:

// If we have *one* pointer, then we want to throw the qualifier on
// the declaration-specifiers, which means that it needs to be a
// retainable object type.
if (numPointers == 1) {
  // If it's not a retainable object type, the rule doesn't apply.
  if (!declSpecType->isObjCRetainableType()) return;

  // If it already has lifetime, don't do anything.
  if (declSpecType.getObjCLifetime()) return;

  // Otherwise, modify the type in-place.
  Qualifiers qs;

  if (declSpecType->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
    qs.addObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
  else
    qs.addObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing);
  declSpecType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(declSpecType, qs);

// If we have *two* pointers, then we want to throw the qualifier on
// the outermost pointer.
} else if (numPointers == 2) {
  // If we don't have a block pointer, we need to check whether the
  // declaration-specifiers gave us something that will turn into a
  // retainable object pointer after we slap the first pointer on it.
  if (!isBlockPointer && !declSpecType->isObjCObjectType())
    return;

  // Look for an explicit lifetime attribute there.
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(outermostPointerIndex);
  if (chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Pointer &&
      chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer)
    return;
  for (const ParsedAttr &AL : chunk.getAttrs())
    if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership)
      return;

  transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(state, Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing,
                                        outermostPointerIndex);

// Any other number of pointers/references does not trigger the rule.
} else return;

// TODO: mark whether we did this inference?
3097}

3099void Sema::diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
                                   SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
                                   SourceLocation ConstQualLoc,
                                   SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc,
                                   SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc,
                                   SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc,
                                   SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc) {
if (!Quals)
  return;

struct Qual {
  const char *Name;
  unsigned Mask;
  SourceLocation Loc;
} const QualKinds[5] = {
  { "const", DeclSpec::TQ_const, ConstQualLoc },
  { "volatile", DeclSpec::TQ_volatile, VolatileQualLoc },
  { "restrict", DeclSpec::TQ_restrict, RestrictQualLoc },
  { "__unaligned", DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned, UnalignedQualLoc },
  { "_Atomic", DeclSpec::TQ_atomic, AtomicQualLoc }
};

SmallString<32> QualStr;
unsigned NumQuals = 0;
SourceLocation Loc;
FixItHint FixIts[5];

// Build a string naming the redundant qualifiers.
for (auto &E : QualKinds) {
  if (Quals & E.Mask) {
    if (!QualStr.empty()) QualStr += ' ';
    QualStr += E.Name;

    // If we have a location for the qualifier, offer a fixit.
    SourceLocation QualLoc = E.Loc;
    if (QualLoc.isValid()) {
      FixIts[NumQuals] = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(QualLoc);
      if (Loc.isInvalid() ||
          getSourceManager().isBeforeInTranslationUnit(QualLoc, Loc))
        Loc = QualLoc;
    }

    ++NumQuals;
  }
}

Diag(Loc.isInvalid() ? FallbackLoc : Loc, DiagID)
  << QualStr << NumQuals << FixIts[0] << FixIts[1] << FixIts[2] << FixIts[3];
3147}

3149// Diagnose pointless type qualifiers on the return type of a function.
3150static void diagnoseRedundantReturnTypeQualifiers(Sema &S, QualType RetTy,
                                                Declarator &D,
                                                unsigned FunctionChunkIndex) {
const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI =
    D.getTypeObject(FunctionChunkIndex).Fun;
if (FTI.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
  S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(diag::warn_qual_return_type,
                              RetTy.getLocalCVRQualifiers(),
                              FTI.getTrailingReturnTypeLoc());
  return;
}

for (unsigned OuterChunkIndex = FunctionChunkIndex + 1,
              End = D.getNumTypeObjects();
     OuterChunkIndex != End; ++OuterChunkIndex) {
  DeclaratorChunk &OuterChunk = D.getTypeObject(OuterChunkIndex);
  switch (OuterChunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: {
    DeclaratorChunk::PointerTypeInfo &PTI = OuterChunk.Ptr;
    S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(
        diag::warn_qual_return_type,
        PTI.TypeQuals,
        SourceLocation(),
        PTI.ConstQualLoc,
        PTI.VolatileQualLoc,
        PTI.RestrictQualLoc,
        PTI.AtomicQualLoc,
        PTI.UnalignedQualLoc);
    return;
  }

  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    // FIXME: We can't currently provide an accurate source location and a
    // fix-it hint for these.
    unsigned AtomicQual = RetTy->isAtomicType() ? DeclSpec::TQ_atomic : 0;
    S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(diag::warn_qual_return_type,
                                RetTy.getCVRQualifiers() | AtomicQual,
                                D.getIdentifierLoc());
    return;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("unknown declarator chunk kind")__builtin_unreachable();
}

// If the qualifiers come from a conversion function type, don't diagnose
// them -- they're not necessarily redundant, since such a conversion
// operator can be explicitly called as "x.operator const int()".
if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId)
  return;

// Just parens all the way out to the decl specifiers. Diagnose any qualifiers
// which are present there.
S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(diag::warn_qual_return_type,
                            D.getDeclSpec().getTypeQualifiers(),
                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
                            D.getDeclSpec().getConstSpecLoc(),
                            D.getDeclSpec().getVolatileSpecLoc(),
                            D.getDeclSpec().getRestrictSpecLoc(),
                            D.getDeclSpec().getAtomicSpecLoc(),
                            D.getDeclSpec().getUnalignedSpecLoc());
3218}

3220static std::pair<QualType, TypeSourceInfo *>
3221InventTemplateParameter(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType T,
                      TypeSourceInfo *TrailingTSI, AutoType *Auto,
                      InventedTemplateParameterInfo &Info) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();
Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator();

const unsigned TemplateParameterDepth = Info.AutoTemplateParameterDepth;
const unsigned AutoParameterPosition = Info.TemplateParams.size();
const bool IsParameterPack = D.hasEllipsis();

// If auto is mentioned in a lambda parameter or abbreviated function
// template context, convert it to a template parameter type.

// Create the TemplateTypeParmDecl here to retrieve the corresponding
// template parameter type. Template parameters are temporarily added
// to the TU until the associated TemplateDecl is created.
TemplateTypeParmDecl *InventedTemplateParam =
    TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(
        S.Context, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
        /*KeyLoc=*/D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
        /*NameLoc=*/D.getIdentifierLoc(),
        TemplateParameterDepth, AutoParameterPosition,
        S.InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(
            D.getIdentifier(), AutoParameterPosition), false,
        IsParameterPack, /*HasTypeConstraint=*/Auto->isConstrained());
InventedTemplateParam->setImplicit();
Info.TemplateParams.push_back(InventedTemplateParam);

// Attach type constraints to the new parameter.
if (Auto->isConstrained()) {
  if (TrailingTSI) {
    // The 'auto' appears in a trailing return type we've already built;
    // extract its type constraints to attach to the template parameter.
    AutoTypeLoc AutoLoc = TrailingTSI->getTypeLoc().getContainedAutoTypeLoc();
    TemplateArgumentListInfo TAL(AutoLoc.getLAngleLoc(), AutoLoc.getRAngleLoc());
    bool Invalid = false;
    for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < AutoLoc.getNumArgs(); ++Idx) {
      if (D.getEllipsisLoc().isInvalid() && !Invalid &&
          S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(AutoLoc.getArgLoc(Idx),
                                            Sema::UPPC_TypeConstraint))
        Invalid = true;
      TAL.addArgument(AutoLoc.getArgLoc(Idx));
    }

    if (!Invalid) {
      S.AttachTypeConstraint(
          AutoLoc.getNestedNameSpecifierLoc(), AutoLoc.getConceptNameInfo(),
          AutoLoc.getNamedConcept(),
          AutoLoc.hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TAL : nullptr,
          InventedTemplateParam, D.getEllipsisLoc());
    }
  } else {
    // The 'auto' appears in the decl-specifiers; we've not finished forming
    // TypeSourceInfo for it yet.
    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsTemplateId();
    TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsInfo;
    bool Invalid = false;
    if (TemplateId->LAngleLoc.isValid()) {
      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                         TemplateId->NumArgs);
      S.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgsInfo);

      if (D.getEllipsisLoc().isInvalid()) {
        for (TemplateArgumentLoc Arg : TemplateArgsInfo.arguments()) {
          if (S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Arg,
                                                Sema::UPPC_TypeConstraint)) {
            Invalid = true;
            break;
          }
        }
      }
    }
    if (!Invalid) {
      S.AttachTypeConstraint(
          D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecScope().getWithLocInContext(S.Context),
          DeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationName(TemplateId->Name),
                              TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc),
          cast<ConceptDecl>(TemplateId->Template.get().getAsTemplateDecl()),
          TemplateId->LAngleLoc.isValid() ? &TemplateArgsInfo : nullptr,
          InventedTemplateParam, D.getEllipsisLoc());
    }
  }
}

// Replace the 'auto' in the function parameter with this invented
// template type parameter.
// FIXME: Retain some type sugar to indicate that this was written
//  as 'auto'?
QualType Replacement(InventedTemplateParam->getTypeForDecl(), 0);
QualType NewT = state.ReplaceAutoType(T, Replacement);
TypeSourceInfo *NewTSI =
    TrailingTSI ? S.ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TrailingTSI, Replacement)
                : nullptr;
return {NewT, NewTSI};
3315}

3317static TypeSourceInfo *
3318GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &State,
                             QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);

3321static QualType GetDeclSpecTypeForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                           TypeSourceInfo *&ReturnTypeInfo) {
Sema &SemaRef = state.getSema();
Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator();
QualType T;
ReturnTypeInfo = nullptr;

// The TagDecl owned by the DeclSpec.
TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr;

switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
  T = ConvertDeclSpecToType(state);

  if (!D.isInvalidType() && D.getDeclSpec().isTypeSpecOwned()) {
    OwnedTagDecl = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
    // Owned declaration is embedded in declarator.
    OwnedTagDecl->setEmbeddedInDeclarator(true);
  }
  break;

case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
  // Constructors and destructors don't have return types. Use
  // "void" instead.
  T = SemaRef.Context.VoidTy;
  processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclSpec,
                   D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes());
  break;

case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
  // Deduction guides have a trailing return type and no type in their
  // decl-specifier sequence. Use a placeholder return type for now.
  T = SemaRef.Context.DependentTy;
  break;

case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
  // The result type of a conversion function is the type that it
  // converts to.
  T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(D.getName().ConversionFunctionId,
                                &ReturnTypeInfo);
  break;
}

if (!D.getAttributes().empty())
  distributeTypeAttrsFromDeclarator(state, T);

// Find the deduced type in this type. Look in the trailing return type if we
// have one, otherwise in the DeclSpec type.
// FIXME: The standard wording doesn't currently describe this.
DeducedType *Deduced = T->getContainedDeducedType();
bool DeducedIsTrailingReturnType = false;
if (Deduced && isa<AutoType>(Deduced) && D.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
  QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(D.getTrailingReturnType());
  Deduced = T.isNull() ? nullptr : T->getContainedDeducedType();
  DeducedIsTrailingReturnType = true;
}

// C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p5: reject 'auto' if it is not in an allowed context.
if (Deduced) {
  AutoType *Auto = dyn_cast<AutoType>(Deduced);
  int Error = -1;

  // Is this a 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' type (as opposed to __auto_type or
  // class template argument deduction)?
  bool IsCXXAutoType =
      (Auto && Auto->getKeyword() != AutoTypeKeyword::GNUAutoType);
  bool IsDeducedReturnType = false;

  switch (D.getContext()) {
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
    // Declared return type of a lambda-declarator is implicit and is always
    // 'auto'.
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
    Error = 0;
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
    Error = 22;
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter: {
    InventedTemplateParameterInfo *Info = nullptr;
    if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Prototype) {
      // With concepts we allow 'auto' in function parameters.
      if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 || !Auto ||
          Auto->getKeyword() != AutoTypeKeyword::Auto) {
        Error = 0;
        break;
      } else if (!SemaRef.getCurScope()->isFunctionDeclarationScope()) {
        Error = 21;
        break;
      }

      Info = &SemaRef.InventedParameterInfos.back();
    } else {
      // In C++14, generic lambdas allow 'auto' in their parameters.
      if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 || !Auto ||
          Auto->getKeyword() != AutoTypeKeyword::Auto) {
        Error = 16;
        break;
      }
      Info = SemaRef.getCurLambda();
      assert(Info && "No LambdaScopeInfo on the stack!")((void)0);
    }

    // We'll deal with inventing template parameters for 'auto' in trailing
    // return types when we pick up the trailing return type when processing
    // the function chunk.
    if (!DeducedIsTrailingReturnType)
      T = InventTemplateParameter(state, T, nullptr, Auto, *Info).first;
    break;
  }
  case DeclaratorContext::Member: {
    if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_static ||
        D.isFunctionDeclarator())
      break;
    bool Cxx = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
    if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
      Error = 6; // Interface member.
    } else {
      switch (cast<TagDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getTagKind()) {
      case TTK_Enum: llvm_unreachable("unhandled tag kind")__builtin_unreachable();
      case TTK_Struct: Error = Cxx ? 1 : 2; /* Struct member */ break;
      case TTK_Union:  Error = Cxx ? 3 : 4; /* Union member */ break;
      case TTK_Class:  Error = 5; /* Class member */ break;
      case TTK_Interface: Error = 6; /* Interface member */ break;
      }
    }
    if (D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified())
      Error = 20; // Friend type
    break;
  }
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
    Error = 7; // Exception declaration
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
    if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) &&
        !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
      Error = 19; // Template parameter (until C++20)
    else if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
      Error = 8; // Template parameter (until C++17)
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
    Error = 9; // Block literal
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
    // Within a template argument list, a deduced template specialization
    // type will be reinterpreted as a template template argument.
    if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) &&
        !D.getNumTypeObjects() &&
        D.getDeclSpec().getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier)
      break;
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
    Error = 10; // Template type argument
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
    Error = 12; // Type alias
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
    if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 || !IsCXXAutoType)
      Error = 13; // Function return type
    IsDeducedReturnType = true;
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
    if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 || !IsCXXAutoType)
      Error = 14; // conversion-type-id
    IsDeducedReturnType = true;
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
    if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced))
      break;
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
    Error = 15; // Generic
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::File:
  case DeclaratorContext::Block:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
    // FIXME: P0091R3 (erroneously) does not permit class template argument
    // deduction in conditions, for-init-statements, and other declarations
    // that are not simple-declarations.
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
    // FIXME: P0091R3 does not permit class template argument deduction here,
    // but we follow GCC and allow it anyway.
    if (!IsCXXAutoType && !isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced))
      Error = 17; // 'new' type
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
    Error = 18; // K&R function parameter
    break;
  }

  if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
    Error = 11;

  // In Objective-C it is an error to use 'auto' on a function declarator
  // (and everywhere for '__auto_type').
  if (D.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
      (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || !IsCXXAutoType))
    Error = 13;

  SourceRange AutoRange = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
  if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId)
    AutoRange = D.getName().getSourceRange();

  if (Error != -1) {
    unsigned Kind;
    if (Auto) {
      switch (Auto->getKeyword()) {
      case AutoTypeKeyword::Auto: Kind = 0; break;
      case AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto: Kind = 1; break;
      case AutoTypeKeyword::GNUAutoType: Kind = 2; break;
      }
    } else {
      assert(isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) &&((void)0)
             "unknown auto type")((void)0);
      Kind = 3;
    }

    auto *DTST = dyn_cast<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced);
    TemplateName TN = DTST ? DTST->getTemplateName() : TemplateName();

    SemaRef.Diag(AutoRange.getBegin(), diag::err_auto_not_allowed)
      << Kind << Error << (int)SemaRef.getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN)
      << QualType(Deduced, 0) << AutoRange;
    if (auto *TD = TN.getAsTemplateDecl())
      SemaRef.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);

    T = SemaRef.Context.IntTy;
    D.setInvalidType(true);
  } else if (Auto && D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) {
    // If there was a trailing return type, we already got
    // warn_cxx98_compat_trailing_return_type in the parser.
    SemaRef.Diag(AutoRange.getBegin(),
                 D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter
                     ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_generic_lambda
                 : IsDeducedReturnType
                     ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_deduced_return_type
                     : diag::warn_cxx98_compat_auto_type_specifier)
        << AutoRange;
  }
}

if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
    OwnedTagDecl && OwnedTagDecl->isCompleteDefinition()) {
  // Check the contexts where C++ forbids the declaration of a new class
  // or enumeration in a type-specifier-seq.
  unsigned DiagID = 0;
  switch (D.getContext()) {
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
    // Class and enumeration definitions are syntactically not allowed in
    // trailing return types.
    llvm_unreachable("parser should not have allowed this")__builtin_unreachable();
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::File:
  case DeclaratorContext::Member:
  case DeclaratorContext::Block:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
    // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
    //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration unless
    //   it appears in the type-id of an alias-declaration (7.1.3) that is not
    //   the declaration of a template-declaration.
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
    DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_alias_template;
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
    DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier;
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
  case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
    // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
    //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
    DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type;
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
    // C++ 6.4p2:
    // The type-specifier-seq shall not contain typedef and shall not declare
    // a new class or enumeration.
    DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_condition;
    break;
  }

  if (DiagID != 0) {
    SemaRef.Diag(OwnedTagDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
        << SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedTagDecl);
    D.setInvalidType(true);
  }
}

assert(!T.isNull() && "This function should not return a null type")((void)0);
return T;
3644}

3646/// Produce an appropriate diagnostic for an ambiguity between a function
3647/// declarator and a C++ direct-initializer.
3648static void warnAboutAmbiguousFunction(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
                                     DeclaratorChunk &DeclType, QualType RT) {
const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = DeclType.Fun;
assert(FTI.isAmbiguous && "no direct-initializer / function ambiguity")((void)0);

// If the return type is void there is no ambiguity.
if (RT->isVoidType())
  return;

// An initializer for a non-class type can have at most one argument.
if (!RT->isRecordType() && FTI.NumParams > 1)
  return;

// An initializer for a reference must have exactly one argument.
if (RT->isReferenceType() && FTI.NumParams != 1)
  return;

// Only warn if this declarator is declaring a function at block scope, and
// doesn't have a storage class (such as 'extern') specified.
if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator() ||
    D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() != FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration ||
    !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
    D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified)
  return;

// Inside a condition, a direct initializer is not permitted. We allow one to
// be parsed in order to give better diagnostics in condition parsing.
if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Condition)
  return;

SourceRange ParenRange(DeclType.Loc, DeclType.EndLoc);

S.Diag(DeclType.Loc,
       FTI.NumParams ? diag::warn_parens_disambiguated_as_function_declaration
                     : diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl)
    << ParenRange;

// If the declaration looks like:
//   T var1,
//   f();
// and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was
// probably intended to be a ';'.
if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) {
  FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), S.SourceMgr);
  FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), S.SourceMgr);
  if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() ||
      Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) {
    LookupResult Result(S, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(),
                        Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
    if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope()))
      S.Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call)
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";")
        << D.getIdentifier();
    Result.suppressDiagnostics();
  }
}

if (FTI.NumParams > 0) {
  // For a declaration with parameters, eg. "T var(T());", suggest adding
  // parens around the first parameter to turn the declaration into a
  // variable declaration.
  SourceRange Range = FTI.Params[0].Param->getSourceRange();
  SourceLocation B = Range.getBegin();
  SourceLocation E = S.getLocForEndOfToken(Range.getEnd());
  // FIXME: Maybe we should suggest adding braces instead of parens
  // in C++11 for classes that don't have an initializer_list constructor.
  S.Diag(B, diag::note_additional_parens_for_variable_declaration)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(B, "(")
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E, ")");
} else {
  // For a declaration without parameters, eg. "T var();", suggest replacing
  // the parens with an initializer to turn the declaration into a variable
  // declaration.
  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = RT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();

  // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean
  // default initialization. These are equivalent if the default
  // constructor is user-provided or if zero-initialization is a
  // no-op.
  if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() &&
      (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor()))
    S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor)
      << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange);
  else {
    std::string Init =
        S.getFixItZeroInitializerForType(RT, ParenRange.getBegin());
    if (Init.empty() && S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
      Init = "{}";
    if (!Init.empty())
      S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init);
  }
}
3741}

3743/// Produce an appropriate diagnostic for a declarator with top-level
3744/// parentheses.
3745static void warnAboutRedundantParens(Sema &S, Declarator &D, QualType T) {
DeclaratorChunk &Paren = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
assert(Paren.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Paren &&((void)0)
       "do not have redundant top-level parentheses")((void)0);

// This is a syntactic check; we're not interested in cases that arise
// during template instantiation.
if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
  return;

// Check whether this could be intended to be a construction of a temporary
// object in C++ via a function-style cast.
bool CouldBeTemporaryObject =
    S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.isExpressionContext() &&
    !D.isInvalidType() && D.getIdentifier() &&
    D.getDeclSpec().getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier &&
    (T->isRecordType() || T->isDependentType()) &&
    D.getDeclSpec().getTypeQualifiers() == 0 && D.isFirstDeclarator();

bool StartsWithDeclaratorId = true;
for (auto &C : D.type_objects()) {
  switch (C.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    if (&C == &Paren)
      continue;
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
    StartsWithDeclaratorId = false;
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
    if (!C.Arr.NumElts)
      CouldBeTemporaryObject = false;
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
    // FIXME: Suppress the warning here if there is no initializer; we're
    // going to give an error anyway.
    // We assume that something like 'T (&x) = y;' is highly likely to not
    // be intended to be a temporary object.
    CouldBeTemporaryObject = false;
    StartsWithDeclaratorId = false;
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
    // In a new-type-id, function chunks require parentheses.
    if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::CXXNew)
      return;
    // FIXME: "A(f())" deserves a vexing-parse warning, not just a
    // redundant-parens warning, but we don't know whether the function
    // chunk was syntactically valid as an expression here.
    CouldBeTemporaryObject = false;
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    // These cannot appear in expressions.
    CouldBeTemporaryObject = false;
    StartsWithDeclaratorId = false;
    continue;
  }
}

// FIXME: If there is an initializer, assume that this is not intended to be
// a construction of a temporary object.

// Check whether the name has already been declared; if not, this is not a
// function-style cast.
if (CouldBeTemporaryObject) {
  LookupResult Result(S, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(),
                      Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (!S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope()))
    CouldBeTemporaryObject = false;
  Result.suppressDiagnostics();
}

SourceRange ParenRange(Paren.Loc, Paren.EndLoc);

if (!CouldBeTemporaryObject) {
  // If we have A (::B), the parentheses affect the meaning of the program.
  // Suppress the warning in that case. Don't bother looking at the DeclSpec
  // here: even (e.g.) "int ::x" is visually ambiguous even though it's
  // formally unambiguous.
  if (StartsWithDeclaratorId && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isValid()) {
    for (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep(); NNS;
         NNS = NNS->getPrefix()) {
      if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Global)
        return;
    }
  }

  S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::warn_redundant_parens_around_declarator)
      << ParenRange << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.Loc)
      << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.EndLoc);
  return;
}

S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::warn_parens_disambiguated_as_variable_declaration)
    << ParenRange << D.getIdentifier();
auto *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
if (!RD || !RD->hasDefinition() || RD->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
  S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::note_raii_guard_add_name)
      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Paren.Loc, " varname") << T
      << D.getIdentifier();
// FIXME: A cast to void is probably a better suggestion in cases where it's
// valid (when there is no initializer and we're not in a condition).
S.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::note_function_style_cast_add_parentheses)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getBeginLoc(), "(")
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(D.getEndLoc()), ")");
S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::note_remove_parens_for_variable_declaration)
    << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.Loc)
    << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.EndLoc);
3858}

3860/// Helper for figuring out the default CC for a function declarator type.  If
3861/// this is the outermost chunk, then we can determine the CC from the
3862/// declarator context.  If not, then this could be either a member function
3863/// type or normal function type.
3864static CallingConv getCCForDeclaratorChunk(
  Sema &S, Declarator &D, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
  const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI, unsigned ChunkIndex) {
assert(D.getTypeObject(ChunkIndex).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function)((void)0);

// Check for an explicit CC attribute.
for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) {
  switch (AL.getKind()) {
  CALLING_CONV_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: case
 ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr
::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr
::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr
::AT_PreserveAll : {
    // Ignore attributes that don't validate or can't apply to the
    // function type.  We'll diagnose the failure to apply them in
    // handleFunctionTypeAttr.
    CallingConv CC;
    if (!S.CheckCallingConvAttr(AL, CC) &&
        (!FTI.isVariadic || supportsVariadicCall(CC))) {
      return CC;
    }
    break;
  }

  default:
    break;
  }
}

bool IsCXXInstanceMethod = false;

if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
  // Look inwards through parentheses to see if this chunk will form a
  // member pointer type or if we're the declarator.  Any type attributes
  // between here and there will override the CC we choose here.
  unsigned I = ChunkIndex;
  bool FoundNonParen = false;
  while (I && !FoundNonParen) {
    --I;
    if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren)
      FoundNonParen = true;
  }

  if (FoundNonParen) {
    // If we're not the declarator, we're a regular function type unless we're
    // in a member pointer.
    IsCXXInstanceMethod =
        D.getTypeObject(I).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer;
  } else if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) {
    // This can only be a call operator for a lambda, which is an instance
    // method.
    IsCXXInstanceMethod = true;
  } else {
    // We're the innermost decl chunk, so must be a function declarator.
    assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator())((void)0);

    // If we're inside a record, we're declaring a method, but it could be
    // explicitly or implicitly static.
    IsCXXInstanceMethod =
        D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember() &&
        D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
        !D.isStaticMember();
  }
}

CallingConv CC = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(FTI.isVariadic,
                                                       IsCXXInstanceMethod);

// Attribute AT_OpenCLKernel affects the calling convention for SPIR
// and AMDGPU targets, hence it cannot be treated as a calling
// convention attribute. This is the simplest place to infer
// calling convention for OpenCL kernels.
if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
  for (const ParsedAttr &AL : D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()) {
    if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLKernel) {
      CC = CC_OpenCLKernel;
      break;
    }
  }
}

return CC;
3942}

3944namespace {
/// A simple notion of pointer kinds, which matches up with the various
/// pointer declarators.
enum class SimplePointerKind {
  Pointer,
  BlockPointer,
  MemberPointer,
  Array,
};
3953} // end anonymous namespace

3955IdentifierInfo *Sema::getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability) {
switch (nullability) {
case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
  if (!Ident__Nonnull)
    Ident__Nonnull = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Nonnull");
  return Ident__Nonnull;

case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
  if (!Ident__Nullable)
    Ident__Nullable = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Nullable");
  return Ident__Nullable;

case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
  if (!Ident__Nullable_result)
    Ident__Nullable_result = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Nullable_result");
  return Ident__Nullable_result;

case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
  if (!Ident__Null_unspecified)
    Ident__Null_unspecified = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Null_unspecified");
  return Ident__Null_unspecified;
}
llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")__builtin_unreachable();
3978}

3980/// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
3981IdentifierInfo *Sema::getNSErrorIdent() {
if (!Ident_NSError)
  Ident_NSError = PP.getIdentifierInfo("NSError");

return Ident_NSError;
3986}

3988/// Check whether there is a nullability attribute of any kind in the given
3989/// attribute list.
3990static bool hasNullabilityAttr(const ParsedAttributesView &attrs) {
for (const ParsedAttr &AL : attrs) {
  if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull ||
      AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable ||
      AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult ||
      AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified)
    return true;
}

return false;
4000}

4002namespace {
/// Describes the kind of a pointer a declarator describes.
enum class PointerDeclaratorKind {
  // Not a pointer.
  NonPointer,
  // Single-level pointer.
  SingleLevelPointer,
  // Multi-level pointer (of any pointer kind).
  MultiLevelPointer,
  // CFFooRef*
  MaybePointerToCFRef,
  // CFErrorRef*
  CFErrorRefPointer,
  // NSError**
  NSErrorPointerPointer,
};

/// Describes a declarator chunk wrapping a pointer that marks inference as
/// unexpected.
// These values must be kept in sync with diagnostics.
enum class PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind {
  /// Pointer is top-level.
  None = -1,
  /// Pointer is an array element.
  Array = 0,
  /// Pointer is the referent type of a C++ reference.
  Reference = 1
};
4030} // end anonymous namespace

4032/// Classify the given declarator, whose type-specified is \c type, based on
4033/// what kind of pointer it refers to.
4034///
4035/// This is used to determine the default nullability.
4036static PointerDeclaratorKind
4037classifyPointerDeclarator(Sema &S, QualType type, Declarator &declarator,
                        PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind &wrappingKind) {
unsigned numNormalPointers = 0;

// For any dependent type, we consider it a non-pointer.
if (type->isDependentType())
  return PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer;

// Look through the declarator chunks to identify pointers.
for (unsigned i = 0, n = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != n; ++i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i);
  switch (chunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
    if (numNormalPointers == 0)
      wrappingKind = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::Array;
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
    return numNormalPointers > 0 ? PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer
                                 : PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
    if (numNormalPointers == 0)
      wrappingKind = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::Reference;
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
    ++numNormalPointers;
    if (numNormalPointers > 2)
      return PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer;
    break;
  }
}

// Then, dig into the type specifier itself.
unsigned numTypeSpecifierPointers = 0;
do {
  // Decompose normal pointers.
  if (auto ptrType = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    ++numNormalPointers;

    if (numNormalPointers > 2)
      return PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer;

    type = ptrType->getPointeeType();
    ++numTypeSpecifierPointers;
    continue;
  }

  // Decompose block pointers.
  if (type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
    return numNormalPointers > 0 ? PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer
                                 : PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer;
  }

  // Decompose member pointers.
  if (type->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
    return numNormalPointers > 0 ? PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer
                                 : PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer;
  }

  // Look at Objective-C object pointers.
  if (auto objcObjectPtr = type->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    ++numNormalPointers;
    ++numTypeSpecifierPointers;

    // If this is NSError**, report that.
    if (auto objcClassDecl = objcObjectPtr->getInterfaceDecl()) {
      if (objcClassDecl->getIdentifier() == S.getNSErrorIdent() &&
          numNormalPointers == 2 && numTypeSpecifierPointers < 2) {
        return PointerDeclaratorKind::NSErrorPointerPointer;
      }
    }

    break;
  }

  // Look at Objective-C class types.
  if (auto objcClass = type->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
    if (objcClass->getInterface()->getIdentifier() == S.getNSErrorIdent()) {
      if (numNormalPointers == 2 && numTypeSpecifierPointers < 2)
        return PointerDeclaratorKind::NSErrorPointerPointer;
    }

    break;
  }

  // If at this point we haven't seen a pointer, we won't see one.
  if (numNormalPointers == 0)
    return PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer;

  if (auto recordType = type->getAs<RecordType>()) {
    RecordDecl *recordDecl = recordType->getDecl();

    // If this is CFErrorRef*, report it as such.
    if (numNormalPointers == 2 && numTypeSpecifierPointers < 2 &&
        S.isCFError(recordDecl)) {
      return PointerDeclaratorKind::CFErrorRefPointer;
    }
    break;
  }

  break;
} while (true);

switch (numNormalPointers) {
case 0:
  return PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer;

case 1:
  return PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer;

case 2:
  return PointerDeclaratorKind::MaybePointerToCFRef;

default:
  return PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer;
}
4163}

4165bool Sema::isCFError(RecordDecl *RD) {
// If we already know about CFError, test it directly.
if (CFError)
  return CFError == RD;

// Check whether this is CFError, which we identify based on its bridge to
// NSError. CFErrorRef used to be declared with "objc_bridge" but is now
// declared with "objc_bridge_mutable", so look for either one of the two
// attributes.
if (RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct) {
  IdentifierInfo *bridgedType = nullptr;
  if (auto bridgeAttr = RD->getAttr<ObjCBridgeAttr>())
    bridgedType = bridgeAttr->getBridgedType();
  else if (auto bridgeAttr = RD->getAttr<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>())
    bridgedType = bridgeAttr->getBridgedType();

  if (bridgedType == getNSErrorIdent()) {
    CFError = RD;
    return true;
  }
}

return false;
4188}

4190static FileID getNullabilityCompletenessCheckFileID(Sema &S,
                                                  SourceLocation loc) {
// If we're anywhere in a function, method, or closure context, don't perform
// completeness checks.
for (DeclContext *ctx = S.CurContext; ctx; ctx = ctx->getParent()) {
  if (ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
    return FileID();

  if (ctx->isFileContext())
    break;
}

// We only care about the expansion location.
loc = S.SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(loc);
FileID file = S.SourceMgr.getFileID(loc);
if (file.isInvalid())
  return FileID();

// Retrieve file information.
bool invalid = false;
const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &sloc = S.SourceMgr.getSLocEntry(file, &invalid);
if (invalid || !sloc.isFile())
  return FileID();

// We don't want to perform completeness checks on the main file or in
// system headers.
const SrcMgr::FileInfo &fileInfo = sloc.getFile();
if (fileInfo.getIncludeLoc().isInvalid())
  return FileID();
if (fileInfo.getFileCharacteristic() != SrcMgr::C_User &&
    S.Diags.getSuppressSystemWarnings()) {
  return FileID();
}

return file;
4225}

4227/// Creates a fix-it to insert a C-style nullability keyword at \p pointerLoc,
4228/// taking into account whitespace before and after.
4229template <typename DiagBuilderT>
4230static void fixItNullability(Sema &S, DiagBuilderT &Diag,
                           SourceLocation PointerLoc,
                           NullabilityKind Nullability) {
assert(PointerLoc.isValid())((void)0);
if (PointerLoc.isMacroID())
  return;

SourceLocation FixItLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(PointerLoc);
if (!FixItLoc.isValid() || FixItLoc == PointerLoc)
  return;

const char *NextChar = S.SourceMgr.getCharacterData(FixItLoc);
if (!NextChar)
  return;

SmallString<32> InsertionTextBuf{" "};
InsertionTextBuf += getNullabilitySpelling(Nullability);
InsertionTextBuf += " ";
StringRef InsertionText = InsertionTextBuf.str();

if (isWhitespace(*NextChar)) {
  InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_back();
} else if (NextChar[-1] == '[') {
  if (NextChar[0] == ']')
    InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_back().drop_front();
  else
    InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_front();
} else if (!isIdentifierBody(NextChar[0], /*allow dollar*/true) &&
           !isIdentifierBody(NextChar[-1], /*allow dollar*/true)) {
  InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_back().drop_front();
}

Diag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixItLoc, InsertionText);
4263}

4265static void emitNullabilityConsistencyWarning(Sema &S,
                                            SimplePointerKind PointerKind,
                                            SourceLocation PointerLoc,
                                            SourceLocation PointerEndLoc) {
assert(PointerLoc.isValid())((void)0);

if (PointerKind == SimplePointerKind::Array) {
  S.Diag(PointerLoc, diag::warn_nullability_missing_array);
} else {
  S.Diag(PointerLoc, diag::warn_nullability_missing)
    << static_cast<unsigned>(PointerKind);
}

auto FixItLoc = PointerEndLoc.isValid() ? PointerEndLoc : PointerLoc;
if (FixItLoc.isMacroID())
  return;

auto addFixIt = [&](NullabilityKind Nullability) {
  auto Diag = S.Diag(FixItLoc, diag::note_nullability_fix_it);
  Diag << static_cast<unsigned>(Nullability);
  Diag << static_cast<unsigned>(PointerKind);
  fixItNullability(S, Diag, FixItLoc, Nullability);
};
addFixIt(NullabilityKind::Nullable);
addFixIt(NullabilityKind::NonNull);
4290}

4292/// Complains about missing nullability if the file containing \p pointerLoc
4293/// has other uses of nullability (either the keywords or the \c assume_nonnull
4294/// pragma).
4295///
4296/// If the file has \e not seen other uses of nullability, this particular
4297/// pointer is saved for possible later diagnosis. See recordNullabilitySeen().
4298static void
4299checkNullabilityConsistency(Sema &S, SimplePointerKind pointerKind,
                          SourceLocation pointerLoc,
                          SourceLocation pointerEndLoc = SourceLocation()) {
// Determine which file we're performing consistency checking for.
FileID file = getNullabilityCompletenessCheckFileID(S, pointerLoc);
if (file.isInvalid())
  return;

// If we haven't seen any type nullability in this file, we won't warn now
// about anything.
FileNullability &fileNullability = S.NullabilityMap[file];
if (!fileNullability.SawTypeNullability) {
  // If this is the first pointer declarator in the file, and the appropriate
  // warning is on, record it in case we need to diagnose it retroactively.
  diag::kind diagKind;
  if (pointerKind == SimplePointerKind::Array)
    diagKind = diag::warn_nullability_missing_array;
  else
    diagKind = diag::warn_nullability_missing;

  if (fileNullability.PointerLoc.isInvalid() &&
      !S.Context.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diagKind, pointerLoc)) {
    fileNullability.PointerLoc = pointerLoc;
    fileNullability.PointerEndLoc = pointerEndLoc;
    fileNullability.PointerKind = static_cast<unsigned>(pointerKind);
  }

  return;
}

// Complain about missing nullability.
emitNullabilityConsistencyWarning(S, pointerKind, pointerLoc, pointerEndLoc);
4331}

4333/// Marks that a nullability feature has been used in the file containing
4334/// \p loc.
4335///
4336/// If this file already had pointer types in it that were missing nullability,
4337/// the first such instance is retroactively diagnosed.
4338///
4339/// \sa checkNullabilityConsistency
4340static void recordNullabilitySeen(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc) {
FileID file = getNullabilityCompletenessCheckFileID(S, loc);
if (file.isInvalid())
  return;

FileNullability &fileNullability = S.NullabilityMap[file];
if (fileNullability.SawTypeNullability)
  return;
fileNullability.SawTypeNullability = true;

// If we haven't seen any type nullability before, now we have. Retroactively
// diagnose the first unannotated pointer, if there was one.
if (fileNullability.PointerLoc.isInvalid())
  return;

auto kind = static_cast<SimplePointerKind>(fileNullability.PointerKind);
emitNullabilityConsistencyWarning(S, kind, fileNullability.PointerLoc,
                                  fileNullability.PointerEndLoc);
4358}

4360/// Returns true if any of the declarator chunks before \p endIndex include a
4361/// level of indirection: array, pointer, reference, or pointer-to-member.
4362///
4363/// Because declarator chunks are stored in outer-to-inner order, testing
4364/// every chunk before \p endIndex is testing all chunks that embed the current
4365/// chunk as part of their type.
4366///
4367/// It is legal to pass the result of Declarator::getNumTypeObjects() as the
4368/// end index, in which case all chunks are tested.
4369static bool hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(const Declarator &D, unsigned endIndex) {
unsigned i = endIndex;
while (i != 0) {
  // Walk outwards along the declarator chunks.
  --i;
  const DeclaratorChunk &DC = D.getTypeObject(i);
  switch (DC.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    break;
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
    return true;
  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    // These are invalid anyway, so just ignore.
    break;
  }
}
return false;
4391}

4393static bool IsNoDerefableChunk(DeclaratorChunk Chunk) {
return (Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer ||
        Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array);
4396}

4398template<typename AttrT>
4399static AttrT *createSimpleAttr(ASTContext &Ctx, ParsedAttr &AL) {
AL.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
return ::new (Ctx) AttrT(Ctx, AL);
4402}

4404static Attr *createNullabilityAttr(ASTContext &Ctx, ParsedAttr &Attr,
                                 NullabilityKind NK) {
switch (NK) {
case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
  return createSimpleAttr<TypeNonNullAttr>(Ctx, Attr);

case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
  return createSimpleAttr<TypeNullableAttr>(Ctx, Attr);

case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
  return createSimpleAttr<TypeNullableResultAttr>(Ctx, Attr);

case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
  return createSimpleAttr<TypeNullUnspecifiedAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
}
llvm_unreachable("unknown NullabilityKind")__builtin_unreachable();
4420}

4422// Diagnose whether this is a case with the multiple addr spaces.
4423// Returns true if this is an invalid case.
4424// ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.3 (amending C99 6.7.3): "No type shall be qualified
4425// by qualifiers for two or more different address spaces."
4426static bool DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(Sema &S, LangAS ASOld,
                                              LangAS ASNew,
                                              SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
if (ASOld != LangAS::Default) {
  if (ASOld != ASNew) {
    S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_multiple_qualifiers);
    return true;
  }
  // Emit a warning if they are identical; it's likely unintended.
  S.Diag(AttrLoc,
         diag::warn_attribute_address_multiple_identical_qualifiers);
}
return false;
4439}

4441static TypeSourceInfo *GetFullTypeForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                              QualType declSpecType,
                                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
// The TypeSourceInfo that this function returns will not be a null type.
// If there is an error, this function will fill in a dummy type as fallback.
QualType T = declSpecType;
Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator();
Sema &S = state.getSema();
ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
const LangOptions &LangOpts = S.getLangOpts();

// The name we're declaring, if any.
DeclarationName Name;
if (D.getIdentifier())
  Name = D.getIdentifier();

// Does this declaration declare a typedef-name?
bool IsTypedefName =
    D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef ||
    D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl ||
    D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate;

// Does T refer to a function type with a cv-qualifier or a ref-qualifier?
bool IsQualifiedFunction = T->isFunctionProtoType() &&
    (!T->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getMethodQuals().empty() ||
     T->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getRefQualifier() != RQ_None);

// If T is 'decltype(auto)', the only declarators we can have are parens
// and at most one function declarator if this is a function declaration.
// If T is a deduced class template specialization type, we can have no
// declarator chunks at all.
if (auto *DT = T->getAs<DeducedType>()) {
  const AutoType *AT = T->getAs<AutoType>();
  bool IsClassTemplateDeduction = isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(DT);
  if ((AT && AT->isDecltypeAuto()) || IsClassTemplateDeduction) {
    for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
      unsigned Index = E - I - 1;
      DeclaratorChunk &DeclChunk = D.getTypeObject(Index);
      unsigned DiagId = IsClassTemplateDeduction
                            ? diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type
                            : diag::err_decltype_auto_compound_type;
      unsigned DiagKind = 0;
      switch (DeclChunk.Kind) {
      case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
        // FIXME: Rejecting this is a little silly.
        if (IsClassTemplateDeduction) {
          DiagKind = 4;
          break;
        }
        continue;
      case DeclaratorChunk::Function: {
        if (IsClassTemplateDeduction) {
          DiagKind = 3;
          break;
        }
        unsigned FnIndex;
        if (D.isFunctionDeclarationContext() &&
            D.isFunctionDeclarator(FnIndex) && FnIndex == Index)
          continue;
        DiagId = diag::err_decltype_auto_function_declarator_not_declaration;
        break;
      }
      case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
      case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
      case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
        DiagKind = 0;
        break;
      case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
        DiagKind = 1;
        break;
      case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
        DiagKind = 2;
        break;
      case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
        break;
      }

      S.Diag(DeclChunk.Loc, DiagId) << DiagKind;
      D.setInvalidType(true);
      break;
    }
  }
}

// Determine whether we should infer _Nonnull on pointer types.
Optional<NullabilityKind> inferNullability;
bool inferNullabilityCS = false;
bool inferNullabilityInnerOnly = false;
bool inferNullabilityInnerOnlyComplete = false;

// Are we in an assume-nonnull region?
bool inAssumeNonNullRegion = false;
SourceLocation assumeNonNullLoc = S.PP.getPragmaAssumeNonNullLoc();
if (assumeNonNullLoc.isValid()) {
  inAssumeNonNullRegion = true;
  recordNullabilitySeen(S, assumeNonNullLoc);
}

// Whether to complain about missing nullability specifiers or not.
enum {
  /// Never complain.
  CAMN_No,
  /// Complain on the inner pointers (but not the outermost
  /// pointer).
  CAMN_InnerPointers,
  /// Complain about any pointers that don't have nullability
  /// specified or inferred.
  CAMN_Yes
} complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_No;
unsigned NumPointersRemaining = 0;
auto complainAboutInferringWithinChunk = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::None;

if (IsTypedefName) {
  // For typedefs, we do not infer any nullability (the default),
  // and we only complain about missing nullability specifiers on
  // inner pointers.
  complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_InnerPointers;

  if (T->canHaveNullability(/*ResultIfUnknown*/false) &&
      !T->getNullability(S.Context)) {
    // Note that we allow but don't require nullability on dependent types.
    ++NumPointersRemaining;
  }

  for (unsigned i = 0, n = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != n; ++i) {
    DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(i);
    switch (chunk.Kind) {
    case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
    case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
    case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
      break;

    case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
    case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
      ++NumPointersRemaining;
      break;

    case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
      continue;

    case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
      ++NumPointersRemaining;
      continue;
    }
  }
} else {
  bool isFunctionOrMethod = false;
  switch (auto context = state.getDeclarator().getContext()) {
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
  case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
    isFunctionOrMethod = true;
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

  case DeclaratorContext::Member:
    if (state.getDeclarator().isObjCIvar() && !isFunctionOrMethod) {
      complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_No;
      break;
    }

    // Weak properties are inferred to be nullable.
    if (state.getDeclarator().isObjCWeakProperty() && inAssumeNonNullRegion) {
      inferNullability = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
      break;
    }

    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

  case DeclaratorContext::File:
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList: {
    complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_Yes;

    // Nullability inference depends on the type and declarator.
    auto wrappingKind = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::None;
    switch (classifyPointerDeclarator(S, T, D, wrappingKind)) {
    case PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer:
    case PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer:
      // Cannot infer nullability.
      break;

    case PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer:
      // Infer _Nonnull if we are in an assumes-nonnull region.
      if (inAssumeNonNullRegion) {
        complainAboutInferringWithinChunk = wrappingKind;
        inferNullability = NullabilityKind::NonNull;
        inferNullabilityCS = (context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter ||
                              context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult);
      }
      break;

    case PointerDeclaratorKind::CFErrorRefPointer:
    case PointerDeclaratorKind::NSErrorPointerPointer:
      // Within a function or method signature, infer _Nullable at both
      // levels.
      if (isFunctionOrMethod && inAssumeNonNullRegion)
        inferNullability = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
      break;

    case PointerDeclaratorKind::MaybePointerToCFRef:
      if (isFunctionOrMethod) {
        // On pointer-to-pointer parameters marked cf_returns_retained or
        // cf_returns_not_retained, if the outer pointer is explicit then
        // infer the inner pointer as _Nullable.
        auto hasCFReturnsAttr =
            [](const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) -> bool {
          return AttrList.hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained) ||
                 AttrList.hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained);
        };
        if (const auto *InnermostChunk = D.getInnermostNonParenChunk()) {
          if (hasCFReturnsAttr(D.getAttributes()) ||
              hasCFReturnsAttr(InnermostChunk->getAttrs()) ||
              hasCFReturnsAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes())) {
            inferNullability = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
            inferNullabilityInnerOnly = true;
          }
        }
      }
      break;
    }
    break;
  }

  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
    complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_Yes;
    break;

  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
  case DeclaratorContext::Block:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
  case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
  case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
    // Don't infer in these contexts.
    break;
  }
}

// Local function that returns true if its argument looks like a va_list.
auto isVaList = [&S](QualType T) -> bool {
  auto *typedefTy = T->getAs<TypedefType>();
  if (!typedefTy)
    return false;
  TypedefDecl *vaListTypedef = S.Context.getBuiltinVaListDecl();
  do {
    if (typedefTy->getDecl() == vaListTypedef)
      return true;
    if (auto *name = typedefTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
      if (name->isStr("va_list"))
        return true;
    typedefTy = typedefTy->desugar()->getAs<TypedefType>();
  } while (typedefTy);
  return false;
};

// Local function that checks the nullability for a given pointer declarator.
// Returns true if _Nonnull was inferred.
auto inferPointerNullability =
    [&](SimplePointerKind pointerKind, SourceLocation pointerLoc,
        SourceLocation pointerEndLoc,
        ParsedAttributesView &attrs, AttributePool &Pool) -> ParsedAttr * {
  // We've seen a pointer.
  if (NumPointersRemaining > 0)
    --NumPointersRemaining;

  // If a nullability attribute is present, there's nothing to do.
  if (hasNullabilityAttr(attrs))
    return nullptr;

  // If we're supposed to infer nullability, do so now.
  if (inferNullability && !inferNullabilityInnerOnlyComplete) {
    ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax = inferNullabilityCS
                                    ? ParsedAttr::AS_ContextSensitiveKeyword
                                    : ParsedAttr::AS_Keyword;
    ParsedAttr *nullabilityAttr = Pool.create(
        S.getNullabilityKeyword(*inferNullability), SourceRange(pointerLoc),
        nullptr, SourceLocation(), nullptr, 0, syntax);

    attrs.addAtEnd(nullabilityAttr);

    if (inferNullabilityCS) {
      state.getDeclarator().getMutableDeclSpec().getObjCQualifiers()
        ->setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability);
    }

    if (pointerLoc.isValid() &&
        complainAboutInferringWithinChunk !=
          PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::None) {
      auto Diag =
          S.Diag(pointerLoc, diag::warn_nullability_inferred_on_nested_type);
      Diag << static_cast<int>(complainAboutInferringWithinChunk);
      fixItNullability(S, Diag, pointerLoc, NullabilityKind::NonNull);
    }

    if (inferNullabilityInnerOnly)
      inferNullabilityInnerOnlyComplete = true;
    return nullabilityAttr;
  }

  // If we're supposed to complain about missing nullability, do so
  // now if it's truly missing.
  switch (complainAboutMissingNullability) {
  case CAMN_No:
    break;

  case CAMN_InnerPointers:
    if (NumPointersRemaining == 0)
      break;
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

  case CAMN_Yes:
    checkNullabilityConsistency(S, pointerKind, pointerLoc, pointerEndLoc);
  }
  return nullptr;
};

// If the type itself could have nullability but does not, infer pointer
// nullability and perform consistency checking.
if (S.CodeSynthesisContexts.empty()) {
  if (T->canHaveNullability(/*ResultIfUnknown*/false) &&
      !T->getNullability(S.Context)) {
    if (isVaList(T)) {
      // Record that we've seen a pointer, but do nothing else.
      if (NumPointersRemaining > 0)
        --NumPointersRemaining;
    } else {
      SimplePointerKind pointerKind = SimplePointerKind::Pointer;
      if (T->isBlockPointerType())
        pointerKind = SimplePointerKind::BlockPointer;
      else if (T->isMemberPointerType())
        pointerKind = SimplePointerKind::MemberPointer;

      if (auto *attr = inferPointerNullability(
              pointerKind, D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
              D.getDeclSpec().getEndLoc(),
              D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes(),
              D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributePool())) {
        T = state.getAttributedType(
            createNullabilityAttr(Context, *attr, *inferNullability), T, T);
      }
    }
  }

  if (complainAboutMissingNullability == CAMN_Yes &&
      T->isArrayType() && !T->getNullability(S.Context) && !isVaList(T) &&
      D.isPrototypeContext() &&
      !hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(D, D.getNumTypeObjects())) {
    checkNullabilityConsistency(S, SimplePointerKind::Array,
                                D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  }
}

bool ExpectNoDerefChunk =
    state.getCurrentAttributes().hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_NoDeref);

// Walk the DeclTypeInfo, building the recursive type as we go.
// DeclTypeInfos are ordered from the identifier out, which is
// opposite of what we want :).
for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
  unsigned chunkIndex = e - i - 1;
  state.setCurrentChunkIndex(chunkIndex);
  DeclaratorChunk &DeclType = D.getTypeObject(chunkIndex);
  IsQualifiedFunction &= DeclType.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Paren;
  switch (DeclType.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    if (i == 0)
      warnAboutRedundantParens(S, D, T);
    T = S.BuildParenType(T);
    break;
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
    // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
    if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
      S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL;

    // Handle pointer nullability.
    inferPointerNullability(SimplePointerKind::BlockPointer, DeclType.Loc,
                            DeclType.EndLoc, DeclType.getAttrs(),
                            state.getDeclarator().getAttributePool());

    T = S.BuildBlockPointerType(T, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
    if (DeclType.Cls.TypeQuals || LangOpts.OpenCL) {
      // OpenCL v2.0, s6.12.5 - Block variable declarations are implicitly
      // qualified with const.
      if (LangOpts.OpenCL)
        DeclType.Cls.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
      T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Cls.TypeQuals);
    }
    break;
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
    // Verify that we're not building a pointer to pointer to function with
    // exception specification.
    if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && S.CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) {
      S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_distant_exception_spec);
      D.setInvalidType(true);
      // Build the type anyway.
    }

    // Handle pointer nullability
    inferPointerNullability(SimplePointerKind::Pointer, DeclType.Loc,
                            DeclType.EndLoc, DeclType.getAttrs(),
                            state.getDeclarator().getAttributePool());

    if (LangOpts.ObjC && T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
      T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
      if (DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals)
        T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals);
      break;
    }

    // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used.
    // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used.
    // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Pointers to Blocks are not allowed.
    if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
      if (T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || T->isPipeType() ||
          T->isBlockPointerType()) {
        S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << T;
        D.setInvalidType(true);
      }
    }

    T = S.BuildPointerType(T, DeclType.Loc, Name);
    if (DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals)
      T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals);
    break;
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: {
    // Verify that we're not building a reference to pointer to function with
    // exception specification.
    if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && S.CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) {
      S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_distant_exception_spec);
      D.setInvalidType(true);
      // Build the type anyway.
    }
    T = S.BuildReferenceType(T, DeclType.Ref.LValueRef, DeclType.Loc, Name);

    if (DeclType.Ref.HasRestrict)
      T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, Qualifiers::Restrict);
    break;
  }
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array: {
    // Verify that we're not building an array of pointers to function with
    // exception specification.
    if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && S.CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) {
      S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_distant_exception_spec);
      D.setInvalidType(true);
      // Build the type anyway.
    }
    DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &ATI = DeclType.Arr;
    Expr *ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(ATI.NumElts);
    ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM;
    if (ATI.isStar)
      ASM = ArrayType::Star;
    else if (ATI.hasStatic)
      ASM = ArrayType::Static;
    else
      ASM = ArrayType::Normal;
    if (ASM == ArrayType::Star && !D.isPrototypeContext()) {
      // FIXME: This check isn't quite right: it allows star in prototypes
      // for function definitions, and disallows some edge cases detailed
      // in http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2009-02/msg00133.html
      S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_array_star_outside_prototype);
      ASM = ArrayType::Normal;
      D.setInvalidType(true);
    }

    // C99 6.7.5.2p1: The optional type qualifiers and the keyword static
    // shall appear only in a declaration of a function parameter with an
    // array type, ...
    if (ASM == ArrayType::Static || ATI.TypeQuals) {
      if (!(D.isPrototypeContext() ||
            D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList)) {
        S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_array_static_outside_prototype) <<
            (ASM == ArrayType::Static ? "'static'" : "type qualifier");
        // Remove the 'static' and the type qualifiers.
        if (ASM == ArrayType::Static)
          ASM = ArrayType::Normal;
        ATI.TypeQuals = 0;
        D.setInvalidType(true);
      }

      // C99 6.7.5.2p1: ... and then only in the outermost array type
      // derivation.
      if (hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(D, chunkIndex)) {
        S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_array_static_not_outermost) <<
          (ASM == ArrayType::Static ? "'static'" : "type qualifier");
        if (ASM == ArrayType::Static)
          ASM = ArrayType::Normal;
        ATI.TypeQuals = 0;
        D.setInvalidType(true);
      }
    }
    const AutoType *AT = T->getContainedAutoType();
    // Allow arrays of auto if we are a generic lambda parameter.
    // i.e. [](auto (&array)[5]) { return array[0]; }; OK
    if (AT && D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter) {
      // We've already diagnosed this for decltype(auto).
      if (!AT->isDecltypeAuto())
        S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_array_of_auto)
            << getPrintableNameForEntity(Name) << T;
      T = QualType();
      break;
    }

    // Array parameters can be marked nullable as well, although it's not
    // necessary if they're marked 'static'.
    if (complainAboutMissingNullability == CAMN_Yes &&
        !hasNullabilityAttr(DeclType.getAttrs()) &&
        ASM != ArrayType::Static &&
        D.isPrototypeContext() &&
        !hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(D, chunkIndex)) {
      checkNullabilityConsistency(S, SimplePointerKind::Array, DeclType.Loc);
    }

    T = S.BuildArrayType(T, ASM, ArraySize, ATI.TypeQuals,
                         SourceRange(DeclType.Loc, DeclType.EndLoc), Name);
    break;
  }
  case DeclaratorChunk::Function: {
    // If the function declarator has a prototype (i.e. it is not () and
    // does not have a K&R-style identifier list), then the arguments are part
    // of the type, otherwise the argument list is ().
    DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = DeclType.Fun;
    IsQualifiedFunction =
        FTI.hasMethodTypeQualifiers() || FTI.hasRefQualifier();

    // Check for auto functions and trailing return type and adjust the
    // return type accordingly.
    if (!D.isInvalidType()) {
      // trailing-return-type is only required if we're declaring a function,
      // and not, for instance, a pointer to a function.
      if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
          !FTI.hasTrailingReturnType() && chunkIndex == 0) {
        if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
          S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
                 D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto
                     ? diag::err_auto_missing_trailing_return
                     : diag::err_deduced_return_type);
          T = Context.IntTy;
          D.setInvalidType(true);
        } else {
          S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
                 diag::warn_cxx11_compat_deduced_return_type);
        }
      } else if (FTI.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
        // T must be exactly 'auto' at this point. See CWG issue 681.
        if (isa<ParenType>(T)) {
          S.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_trailing_return_in_parens)
              << T << D.getSourceRange();
          D.setInvalidType(true);
        } else if (D.getName().getKind() ==
                   UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) {
          if (T != Context.DependentTy) {
            S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(),
                   diag::err_deduction_guide_with_complex_decl)
                << D.getSourceRange();
            D.setInvalidType(true);
          }
        } else if (D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr &&
                   (T.hasQualifiers() || !isa<AutoType>(T) ||
                    cast<AutoType>(T)->getKeyword() !=
                        AutoTypeKeyword::Auto ||
                    cast<AutoType>(T)->isConstrained())) {
          S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
                 diag::err_trailing_return_without_auto)
              << T << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange();
          D.setInvalidType(true);
        }
        T = S.GetTypeFromParser(FTI.getTrailingReturnType(), &TInfo);
        if (T.isNull()) {
          // An error occurred parsing the trailing return type.
          T = Context.IntTy;
          D.setInvalidType(true);
        } else if (AutoType *Auto = T->getContainedAutoType()) {
          // If the trailing return type contains an `auto`, we may need to
          // invent a template parameter for it, for cases like
          // `auto f() -> C auto` or `[](auto (*p) -> auto) {}`.
          InventedTemplateParameterInfo *InventedParamInfo = nullptr;
          if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Prototype)
            InventedParamInfo = &S.InventedParameterInfos.back();
          else if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter)
            InventedParamInfo = S.getCurLambda();
          if (InventedParamInfo) {
            std::tie(T, TInfo) = InventTemplateParameter(
                state, T, TInfo, Auto, *InventedParamInfo);
          }
        }
      } else {
        // This function type is not the type of the entity being declared,
        // so checking the 'auto' is not the responsibility of this chunk.
      }
    }

    // C99 6.7.5.3p1: The return type may not be a function or array type.
    // For conversion functions, we'll diagnose this particular error later.
    if (!D.isInvalidType() && (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) &&
        (D.getName().getKind() !=
         UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId)) {
      unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
      // Last processing chunk in block context means this function chunk
      // represents the block.
      if (chunkIndex == 0 &&
          D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral)
        diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
      S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diagID) << T->isFunctionType() << T;
      T = Context.IntTy;
      D.setInvalidType(true);
    }

    // Do not allow returning half FP value.
    // FIXME: This really should be in BuildFunctionType.
    if (T->isHalfType()) {
      if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
        if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16",
                                                    S.getLangOpts())) {
          S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_return)
              << T << 0 /*pointer hint*/;
          D.setInvalidType(true);
        }
      } else if (!S.getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) {
        S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
          diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 1;
        D.setInvalidType(true);
      }
    }

    if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
      // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - A block cannot be the return value of a
      // function.
      if (T->isBlockPointerType() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
          T->isPipeType()) {
        S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_return)
            << T << 1 /*hint off*/;
        D.setInvalidType(true);
      }
      // OpenCL doesn't support variadic functions and blocks
      // (s6.9.e and s6.12.5 OpenCL v2.0) except for printf.
      // We also allow here any toolchain reserved identifiers.
      if (FTI.isVariadic &&
          !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
              "__cl_clang_variadic_functions", S.getLangOpts()) &&
          !(D.getIdentifier() &&
            ((D.getIdentifier()->getName() == "printf" &&
              (LangOpts.OpenCLCPlusPlus || LangOpts.OpenCLVersion >= 120)) ||
             D.getIdentifier()->getName().startswith("__")))) {
        S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_variadic_function);
        D.setInvalidType(true);
      }
    }

    // Methods cannot return interface types. All ObjC objects are
    // passed by reference.
    if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
      SourceLocation DiagLoc, FixitLoc;
      if (TInfo) {
        DiagLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
        FixitLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
      } else {
        DiagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
        FixitLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(D.getDeclSpec().getEndLoc());
      }
      S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value)
        << 0 << T
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, "*");

      T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
      if (TInfo) {
        TypeLocBuilder TLB;
        TLB.pushFullCopy(TInfo->getTypeLoc());
        ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TLoc = TLB.push<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>(T);
        TLoc.setStarLoc(FixitLoc);
        TInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
      }

      D.setInvalidType(true);
    }

    // cv-qualifiers on return types are pointless except when the type is a
    // class type in C++.
    if ((T.getCVRQualifiers() || T->isAtomicType()) &&
        !(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
          (T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType()))) {
      if (T->isVoidType() && !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
          D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() ==
              FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition) {
        // [6.9.1/3] qualified void return is invalid on a C
        // function definition.  Apparently ok on declarations and
        // in C++ though (!)
        S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_func_returning_qualified_void) << T;
      } else
        diagnoseRedundantReturnTypeQualifiers(S, T, D, chunkIndex);

      // C++2a [dcl.fct]p12:
      //   A volatile-qualified return type is deprecated
      if (T.isVolatileQualified() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
        S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_return) << T;
    }

    // Objective-C ARC ownership qualifiers are ignored on the function
    // return type (by type canonicalization). Complain if this attribute
    // was written here.
    if (T.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
      SourceLocation AttrLoc;
      if (chunkIndex + 1 < D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
        DeclaratorChunk ReturnTypeChunk = D.getTypeObject(chunkIndex + 1);
        for (const ParsedAttr &AL : ReturnTypeChunk.getAttrs()) {
          if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) {
            AttrLoc = AL.getLoc();
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if (AttrLoc.isInvalid()) {
        for (const ParsedAttr &AL : D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()) {
          if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) {
            AttrLoc = AL.getLoc();
            break;
          }
        }
      }

      if (AttrLoc.isValid()) {
        // The ownership attributes are almost always written via
        // the predefined
        // __strong/__weak/__autoreleasing/__unsafe_unretained.
        if (AttrLoc.isMacroID())
          AttrLoc =
              S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(AttrLoc).getBegin();

        S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_arc_lifetime_result_type)
          << T.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
      }
    }

    if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().hasTagDefinition()) {
      // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
      //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
      TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
      S.Diag(Tag->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_result_type)
        << Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag);
    }

    // Exception specs are not allowed in typedefs. Complain, but add it
    // anyway.
    if (IsTypedefName && FTI.getExceptionSpecType() && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus17)
      S.Diag(FTI.getExceptionSpecLocBeg(),
             diag::err_exception_spec_in_typedef)
          << (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl ||
              D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate);

    // If we see "T var();" or "T var(T());" at block scope, it is probably
    // an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration.
    if (FTI.isAmbiguous)
      warnAboutAmbiguousFunction(S, D, DeclType, T);

    FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(
        getCCForDeclaratorChunk(S, D, DeclType.getAttrs(), FTI, chunkIndex));

    if (!FTI.NumParams && !FTI.isVariadic && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus
                                          && !LangOpts.OpenCL) {
      // Simple void foo(), where the incoming T is the result type.
      T = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T, EI);
    } else {
      // We allow a zero-parameter variadic function in C if the
      // function is marked with the "overloadable" attribute. Scan
      // for this attribute now.
      if (!FTI.NumParams && FTI.isVariadic && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
        if (!D.getAttributes().hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_Overloadable))
          S.Diag(FTI.getEllipsisLoc(), diag::err_ellipsis_first_param);

      if (FTI.NumParams && FTI.Params[0].Param == nullptr) {
        // C99 6.7.5.3p3: Reject int(x,y,z) when it's not a function
        // definition.
        S.Diag(FTI.Params[0].IdentLoc,
               diag::err_ident_list_in_fn_declaration);
        D.setInvalidType(true);
        // Recover by creating a K&R-style function type.
        T = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T, EI);
        break;
      }

      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
      EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
      EPI.Variadic = FTI.isVariadic;
      EPI.EllipsisLoc = FTI.getEllipsisLoc();
      EPI.HasTrailingReturn = FTI.hasTrailingReturnType();
      EPI.TypeQuals.addCVRUQualifiers(
          FTI.MethodQualifiers ? FTI.MethodQualifiers->getTypeQualifiers()
                               : 0);
      EPI.RefQualifier = !FTI.hasRefQualifier()? RQ_None
                  : FTI.RefQualifierIsLValueRef? RQ_LValue
                  : RQ_RValue;

      // Otherwise, we have a function with a parameter list that is
      // potentially variadic.
      SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTys;
      ParamTys.reserve(FTI.NumParams);

      SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16>
        ExtParameterInfos(FTI.NumParams);
      bool HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = false;

      for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
        ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
        QualType ParamTy = Param->getType();
        assert(!ParamTy.isNull() && "Couldn't parse type?")((void)0);

        // Look for 'void'.  void is allowed only as a single parameter to a
        // function with no other parameters (C99 6.7.5.3p10).  We record
        // int(void) as a FunctionProtoType with an empty parameter list.
        if (ParamTy->isVoidType()) {
          // If this is something like 'float(int, void)', reject it.  'void'
          // is an incomplete type (C99 6.2.5p19) and function decls cannot
          // have parameters of incomplete type.
          if (FTI.NumParams != 1 || FTI.isVariadic) {
            S.Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::err_void_only_param);
            ParamTy = Context.IntTy;
            Param->setType(ParamTy);
          } else if (FTI.Params[i].Ident) {
            // Reject, but continue to parse 'int(void abc)'.
            S.Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::err_param_with_void_type);
            ParamTy = Context.IntTy;
            Param->setType(ParamTy);
          } else {
            // Reject, but continue to parse 'float(const void)'.
            if (ParamTy.hasQualifiers())
              S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_void_param_qualified);

            // Do not add 'void' to the list.
            break;
          }
        } else if (ParamTy->isHalfType()) {
          // Disallow half FP parameters.
          // FIXME: This really should be in BuildFunctionType.
          if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
            if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16",
                                                        S.getLangOpts())) {
              S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_param)
                  << ParamTy << 0;
              D.setInvalidType();
              Param->setInvalidDecl();
            }
          } else if (!S.getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) {
            S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
              diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 0;
            D.setInvalidType();
          }
        } else if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
          if (ParamTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
            ParamTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(ParamTy);
            Param->setKNRPromoted(true);
          } else if (const BuiltinType* BTy = ParamTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
            if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
              ParamTy = Context.DoubleTy;
              Param->setKNRPromoted(true);
            }
          }
        } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ParamTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
          // OpenCL 2.0 s6.12.5: A block cannot be a parameter of a function.
          S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_param)
              << ParamTy << 1 /*hint off*/;
          D.setInvalidType();
        }

        if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && Param->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()) {
          ExtParameterInfos[i] = ExtParameterInfos[i].withIsConsumed(true);
          HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true;
        }

        if (auto attr = Param->getAttr<ParameterABIAttr>()) {
          ExtParameterInfos[i] =
            ExtParameterInfos[i].withABI(attr->getABI());
          HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true;
        }

        if (Param->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>()) {
          ExtParameterInfos[i] = ExtParameterInfos[i].withHasPassObjectSize();
          HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true;
        }

        if (Param->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>()) {
          ExtParameterInfos[i] = ExtParameterInfos[i].withIsNoEscape(true);
          HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true;
        }

        ParamTys.push_back(ParamTy);
      }

      if (HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos) {
        EPI.ExtParameterInfos = ExtParameterInfos.data();
        checkExtParameterInfos(S, ParamTys, EPI,
            [&](unsigned i) { return FTI.Params[i].Param->getLocation(); });
      }

      SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
      SmallVector<ParsedType, 2> DynamicExceptions;
      SmallVector<SourceRange, 2> DynamicExceptionRanges;
      Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;

      if (FTI.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic) {
        // FIXME: It's rather inefficient to have to split into two vectors
        // here.
        unsigned N = FTI.getNumExceptions();
        DynamicExceptions.reserve(N);
        DynamicExceptionRanges.reserve(N);
        for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
          DynamicExceptions.push_back(FTI.Exceptions[I].Ty);
          DynamicExceptionRanges.push_back(FTI.Exceptions[I].Range);
        }
      } else if (isComputedNoexcept(FTI.getExceptionSpecType())) {
        NoexceptExpr = FTI.NoexceptExpr;
      }

      S.checkExceptionSpecification(D.isFunctionDeclarationContext(),
                                    FTI.getExceptionSpecType(),
                                    DynamicExceptions,
                                    DynamicExceptionRanges,
                                    NoexceptExpr,
                                    Exceptions,
                                    EPI.ExceptionSpec);

      // FIXME: Set address space from attrs for C++ mode here.
      // OpenCLCPlusPlus: A class member function has an address space.
      auto IsClassMember = [&]() {
        return (!state.getDeclarator().getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() &&
                state.getDeclarator()
                        .getCXXScopeSpec()
                        .getScopeRep()
                        ->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec) ||
               state.getDeclarator().getContext() ==
                   DeclaratorContext::Member ||
               state.getDeclarator().getContext() ==
                   DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr;
      };

      if (state.getSema().getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && IsClassMember()) {
        LangAS ASIdx = LangAS::Default;
        // Take address space attr if any and mark as invalid to avoid adding
        // them later while creating QualType.
        if (FTI.MethodQualifiers)
          for (ParsedAttr &attr : FTI.MethodQualifiers->getAttributes()) {
            LangAS ASIdxNew = attr.asOpenCLLangAS();
            if (DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(S, ASIdx, ASIdxNew,
                                                    attr.getLoc()))
              D.setInvalidType(true);
            else
              ASIdx = ASIdxNew;
          }
        // If a class member function's address space is not set, set it to
        // __generic.
        LangAS AS =
            (ASIdx == LangAS::Default ? S.getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace()
                                      : ASIdx);
        EPI.TypeQuals.addAddressSpace(AS);
      }
      T = Context.getFunctionType(T, ParamTys, EPI);
    }
    break;
  }
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: {
    // The scope spec must refer to a class, or be dependent.
    CXXScopeSpec &SS = DeclType.Mem.Scope();
    QualType ClsType;

    // Handle pointer nullability.
    inferPointerNullability(SimplePointerKind::MemberPointer, DeclType.Loc,
                            DeclType.EndLoc, DeclType.getAttrs(),
                            state.getDeclarator().getAttributePool());

    if (SS.isInvalid()) {
      // Avoid emitting extra errors if we already errored on the scope.
      D.setInvalidType(true);
    } else if (S.isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS) ||
               dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(S.computeDeclContext(SS))) {
      NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
      NestedNameSpecifier *NNSPrefix = NNS->getPrefix();
      switch (NNS->getKind()) {
      case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
        ClsType = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNSPrefix,
                                               NNS->getAsIdentifier());
        break;

      case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
      case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
      case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
      case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
        llvm_unreachable("Nested-name-specifier must name a type")__builtin_unreachable();

      case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
      case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
        ClsType = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
        // Note: if the NNS has a prefix and ClsType is a nondependent
        // TemplateSpecializationType, then the NNS prefix is NOT included
        // in ClsType; hence we wrap ClsType into an ElaboratedType.
        // NOTE: in particular, no wrap occurs if ClsType already is an
        // Elaborated, DependentName, or DependentTemplateSpecialization.
        if (NNSPrefix && isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(NNS->getAsType()))
          ClsType = Context.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, NNSPrefix, ClsType);
        break;
      }
    } else {
      S.Diag(DeclType.Mem.Scope().getBeginLoc(),
           diag::err_illegal_decl_mempointer_in_nonclass)
        << (D.getIdentifier() ? D.getIdentifier()->getName() : "type name")
        << DeclType.Mem.Scope().getRange();
      D.setInvalidType(true);
    }

    if (!ClsType.isNull())
      T = S.BuildMemberPointerType(T, ClsType, DeclType.Loc,
                                   D.getIdentifier());
    if (T.isNull()) {
      T = Context.IntTy;
      D.setInvalidType(true);
    } else if (DeclType.Mem.TypeQuals) {
      T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Mem.TypeQuals);
    }
    break;
  }

  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: {
    T = S.BuildReadPipeType(T, DeclType.Loc);
    processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclSpec,
                     D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes());
    break;
  }
  }

  if (T.isNull()) {
    D.setInvalidType(true);
    T = Context.IntTy;
  }

  // See if there are any attributes on this declarator chunk.
  processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclChunk, DeclType.getAttrs());

  if (DeclType.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren) {
    if (ExpectNoDerefChunk && !IsNoDerefableChunk(DeclType))
      S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::warn_noderef_on_non_pointer_or_array);

    ExpectNoDerefChunk = state.didParseNoDeref();
  }
}

if (ExpectNoDerefChunk)
  S.Diag(state.getDeclarator().getBeginLoc(),
         diag::warn_noderef_on_non_pointer_or_array);

// GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
//   Warn if a function declaration is without a prototype.
//   This warning is issued for all kinds of unprototyped function
//   declarations (i.e. function type typedef, function pointer etc.)
//   C99 6.7.5.3p14:
//   The empty list in a function declarator that is not part of a definition
//   of that function specifies that no information about the number or types
//   of the parameters is supplied.
if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
    D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration) {
  bool IsBlock = false;
  for (const DeclaratorChunk &DeclType : D.type_objects()) {
    switch (DeclType.Kind) {
    case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
      IsBlock = true;
      break;
    case DeclaratorChunk::Function: {
      const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = DeclType.Fun;
      // We supress the warning when there's no LParen location, as this
      // indicates the declaration was an implicit declaration, which gets
      // warned about separately via -Wimplicit-function-declaration.
      if (FTI.NumParams == 0 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.getLParenLoc().isValid())
        S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::warn_strict_prototypes)
            << IsBlock
            << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTI.getRParenLoc(), "void");
      IsBlock = false;
      break;
    }
    default:
      break;
    }
  }
}

assert(!T.isNull() && "T must not be null after this point")((void)0);

if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && T->isFunctionType()) {
  const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  assert(FnTy && "Why oh why is there not a FunctionProtoType here?")((void)0);

  // C++ 8.3.5p4:
  //   A cv-qualifier-seq shall only be part of the function type
  //   for a nonstatic member function, the function type to which a pointer
  //   to member refers, or the top-level function type of a function typedef
  //   declaration.
  //
  // Core issue 547 also allows cv-qualifiers on function types that are
  // top-level template type arguments.
  enum { NonMember, Member, DeductionGuide } Kind = NonMember;
  if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
    Kind = DeductionGuide;
  else if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
    if ((D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member ||
         D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) &&
        !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified())
      Kind = Member;
  } else {
    DeclContext *DC = S.computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec());
    if (!DC || DC->isRecord())
      Kind = Member;
  }

  // C++11 [dcl.fct]p6 (w/DR1417):
  // An attempt to specify a function type with a cv-qualifier-seq or a
  // ref-qualifier (including by typedef-name) is ill-formed unless it is:
  //  - the function type for a non-static member function,
  //  - the function type to which a pointer to member refers,
  //  - the top-level function type of a function typedef declaration or
  //    alias-declaration,
  //  - the type-id in the default argument of a type-parameter, or
  //  - the type-id of a template-argument for a type-parameter
  //
  // FIXME: Checking this here is insufficient. We accept-invalid on:
  //
  //   template<typename T> struct S { void f(T); };
  //   S<int() const> s;
  //
  // ... for instance.
  if (IsQualifiedFunction &&
      !(Kind == Member &&
        D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) &&
      !IsTypedefName && D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg &&
      D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg) {
    SourceLocation Loc = D.getBeginLoc();
    SourceRange RemovalRange;
    unsigned I;
    if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(I)) {
      SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> RemovalLocs;
      const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
      assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function)((void)0);

      if (Chunk.Fun.hasRefQualifier())
        RemovalLocs.push_back(Chunk.Fun.getRefQualifierLoc());

      if (Chunk.Fun.hasMethodTypeQualifiers())
        Chunk.Fun.MethodQualifiers->forEachQualifier(
            [&](DeclSpec::TQ TypeQual, StringRef QualName,
                SourceLocation SL) { RemovalLocs.push_back(SL); });

      if (!RemovalLocs.empty()) {
        llvm::sort(RemovalLocs,
                   BeforeThanCompare<SourceLocation>(S.getSourceManager()));
        RemovalRange = SourceRange(RemovalLocs.front(), RemovalLocs.back());
        Loc = RemovalLocs.front();
      }
    }

    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_type)
      << Kind << D.isFunctionDeclarator() << T
      << getFunctionQualifiersAsString(FnTy)
      << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemovalRange);

    // Strip the cv-qualifiers and ref-qualifiers from the type.
    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FnTy->getExtProtoInfo();
    EPI.TypeQuals.removeCVRQualifiers();
    EPI.RefQualifier = RQ_None;

    T = Context.getFunctionType(FnTy->getReturnType(), FnTy->getParamTypes(),
                                EPI);
    // Rebuild any parens around the identifier in the function type.
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
      if (D.getTypeObject(i).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren)
        break;
      T = S.BuildParenType(T);
    }
  }
}

// Apply any undistributed attributes from the declarator.
processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclName, D.getAttributes());

// Diagnose any ignored type attributes.
state.diagnoseIgnoredTypeAttrs(T);

// C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p9:
//  A constexpr specifier used in an object declaration declares the object
//  as const.
if (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr &&
    T->isObjectType())
  T.addConst();

// C++2a [dcl.fct]p4:
//   A parameter with volatile-qualified type is deprecated
if (T.isVolatileQualified() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
    (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Prototype ||
     D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter))
  S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_param) << T;

// If there was an ellipsis in the declarator, the declaration declares a
// parameter pack whose type may be a pack expansion type.
if (D.hasEllipsis()) {
  // C++0x [dcl.fct]p13:
  //   A declarator-id or abstract-declarator containing an ellipsis shall
  //   only be used in a parameter-declaration. Such a parameter-declaration
  //   is a parameter pack (14.5.3). [...]
  switch (D.getContext()) {
  case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
  case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
    // C++0x [dcl.fct]p13:
    //   [...] When it is part of a parameter-declaration-clause, the
    //   parameter pack is a function parameter pack (14.5.3). The type T
    //   of the declarator-id of the function parameter pack shall contain
    //   a template parameter pack; each template parameter pack in T is
    //   expanded by the function parameter pack.
    //
    // We represent function parameter packs as function parameters whose
    // type is a pack expansion.
    if (!T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
        (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 || !T->getContainedAutoType())) {
      S.Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(),
           diag::err_function_parameter_pack_without_parameter_packs)
        << T <<  D.getSourceRange();
      D.setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation());
    } else {
      T = Context.getPackExpansionType(T, None, /*ExpectPackInType=*/false);
    }
    break;
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
    // C++0x [temp.param]p15:
    //   If a template-parameter is a [...] is a parameter-declaration that
    //   declares a parameter pack (8.3.5), then the template-parameter is a
    //   template parameter pack (14.5.3).
    //
    // Note: core issue 778 clarifies that, if there are any unexpanded
    // parameter packs in the type of the non-type template parameter, then
    // it expands those parameter packs.
    if (T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      T = Context.getPackExpansionType(T, None);
    else
      S.Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(),
             LangOpts.CPlusPlus11
               ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_variadic_templates
               : diag::ext_variadic_templates);
    break;

  case DeclaratorContext::File:
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter: // FIXME: special diagnostic here?
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:    // FIXME: special diagnostic here?
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
  case DeclaratorContext::Member:
  case DeclaratorContext::Block:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
  case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
    // FIXME: We may want to allow parameter packs in block-literal contexts
    // in the future.
    S.Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(),
           diag::err_ellipsis_in_declarator_not_parameter);
    D.setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation());
    break;
  }
}

assert(!T.isNull() && "T must not be null at the end of this function")((void)0);
if (D.isInvalidType())
  return Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);

return GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(state, T, TInfo);
5734}

5736/// GetTypeForDeclarator - Convert the type for the specified
5737/// declarator to Type instances.
5738///
5739/// The result of this call will never be null, but the associated
5740/// type may be a null type if there's an unrecoverable error.
5741TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S) {
// Determine the type of the declarator. Not all forms of declarator
// have a type.

TypeProcessingState state(*this, D);

TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo = nullptr;
QualType T = GetDeclSpecTypeForDeclarator(state, ReturnTypeInfo);
if (D.isPrototypeContext() && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
  inferARCWriteback(state, T);

return GetFullTypeForDeclarator(state, T, ReturnTypeInfo);
5753}

5755static void transferARCOwnershipToDeclSpec(Sema &S,
                                         QualType &declSpecTy,
                                         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership) {
if (declSpecTy->isObjCRetainableType() &&
    declSpecTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
  Qualifiers qs;
  qs.addObjCLifetime(ownership);
  declSpecTy = S.Context.getQualifiedType(declSpecTy, qs);
}
5764}

5766static void transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                          Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership,
                                          unsigned chunkIndex) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();
Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator();

// Look for an explicit lifetime attribute.
DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(chunkIndex);
if (chunk.getAttrs().hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership))
  return;

const char *attrStr = nullptr;
switch (ownership) {
case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("no ownership!")__builtin_unreachable();
case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: attrStr = "none"; break;
case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: attrStr = "strong"; break;
case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: attrStr = "weak"; break;
case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: attrStr = "autoreleasing"; break;
}

IdentifierLoc *Arg = new (S.Context) IdentifierLoc;
Arg->Ident = &S.Context.Idents.get(attrStr);
Arg->Loc = SourceLocation();

ArgsUnion Args(Arg);

// If there wasn't one, add one (with an invalid source location
// so that we don't make an AttributedType for it).
ParsedAttr *attr = D.getAttributePool().create(
    &S.Context.Idents.get("objc_ownership"), SourceLocation(),
    /*scope*/ nullptr, SourceLocation(),
    /*args*/ &Args, 1, ParsedAttr::AS_GNU);
chunk.getAttrs().addAtEnd(attr);
// TODO: mark whether we did this inference?
5800}

5802/// Used for transferring ownership in casts resulting in l-values.
5803static void transferARCOwnership(TypeProcessingState &state,
                               QualType &declSpecTy,
                               Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();
Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator();

int inner = -1;
bool hasIndirection = false;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(i);
  switch (chunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
    // Ignore parens.
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
    if (inner != -1)
      hasIndirection = true;
    inner = i;
    break;

  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
    if (inner != -1)
      transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(state, ownership, i);
    return;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    return;
  }
}

if (inner == -1)
  return;

DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(inner);
if (chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer) {
  if (declSpecTy->isObjCRetainableType())
    return transferARCOwnershipToDeclSpec(S, declSpecTy, ownership);
  if (declSpecTy->isObjCObjectType() && hasIndirection)
    return transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(state, ownership, inner);
} else {
  assert(chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array ||((void)0)
         chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Reference)((void)0);
  return transferARCOwnershipToDeclSpec(S, declSpecTy, ownership);
}
5852}

5854TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy) {
TypeProcessingState state(*this, D);

TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo = nullptr;
QualType declSpecTy = GetDeclSpecTypeForDeclarator(state, ReturnTypeInfo);

if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
  Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership = Context.getInnerObjCOwnership(FromTy);
  if (ownership != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
    transferARCOwnership(state, declSpecTy, ownership);
}

return GetFullTypeForDeclarator(state, declSpecTy, ReturnTypeInfo);
5867}

5869static void fillAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL,
                                TypeProcessingState &State) {
TL.setAttr(State.takeAttrForAttributedType(TL.getTypePtr()));
5872}

5874namespace {
class TypeSpecLocFiller : public TypeLocVisitor<TypeSpecLocFiller> {
  Sema &SemaRef;
  ASTContext &Context;
  TypeProcessingState &State;
  const DeclSpec &DS;

public:
  TypeSpecLocFiller(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, TypeProcessingState &State,
                    const DeclSpec &DS)
      : SemaRef(S), Context(Context), State(State), DS(DS) {}

  void VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) {
    Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc());
    fillAttributedTypeLoc(TL, State);
  }
  void VisitMacroQualifiedTypeLoc(MacroQualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
    Visit(TL.getInnerLoc());
    TL.setExpansionLoc(
        State.getExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(TL.getTypePtr()));
  }
  void VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
    Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
  }
  void VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  }
  void VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    // FIXME. We should have DS.getTypeSpecTypeEndLoc(). But, it requires
    // addition field. What we have is good enough for dispay of location
    // of 'fixit' on interface name.
    TL.setNameEndLoc(DS.getEndLoc());
  }
  void VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) {
    TypeSourceInfo *RepTInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &RepTInfo);
    TL.copy(RepTInfo->getTypeLoc());
  }
  void VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) {
    TypeSourceInfo *RepTInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &RepTInfo);
    TL.copy(RepTInfo->getTypeLoc());
  }
  void VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);

    // If we got no declarator info from previous Sema routines,
    // just fill with the typespec loc.
    if (!TInfo) {
      TL.initialize(Context, DS.getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc());
      return;
    }

    TypeLoc OldTL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
    if (TInfo->getType()->getAs<ElaboratedType>()) {
      ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = OldTL.castAs<ElaboratedTypeLoc>();
      TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc NamedTL = ElabTL.getNamedTypeLoc()
          .castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
      TL.copy(NamedTL);
    } else {
      TL.copy(OldTL.castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>());
      assert(TL.getRAngleLoc() == OldTL.castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>().getRAngleLoc())((void)0);
    }

  }
  void VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr)((void)0);
    TL.setTypeofLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange());
  }
  void VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofType)((void)0);
    TL.setTypeofLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange());
    assert(DS.getRepAsType())((void)0);
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
    TL.setUnderlyingTInfo(TInfo);
  }
  void VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
    // FIXME: This holds only because we only have one unary transform.
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType)((void)0);
    TL.setKWLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange());
    assert(DS.getRepAsType())((void)0);
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
    TL.setUnderlyingTInfo(TInfo);
  }
  void VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) {
    // By default, use the source location of the type specifier.
    TL.setBuiltinLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    if (TL.needsExtraLocalData()) {
      // Set info for the written builtin specifiers.
      TL.getWrittenBuiltinSpecs() = DS.getWrittenBuiltinSpecs();
      // Try to have a meaningful source location.
      if (TL.getWrittenSignSpec() != TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified)
        TL.expandBuiltinRange(DS.getTypeSpecSignLoc());
      if (TL.getWrittenWidthSpec() != TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified)
        TL.expandBuiltinRange(DS.getTypeSpecWidthRange());
    }
  }
  void VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) {
    ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword
      = TypeWithKeyword::getKeywordForTypeSpec(DS.getTypeSpecType());
    if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_typename) {
      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
      Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
      if (TInfo) {
        TL.copy(TInfo->getTypeLoc().castAs<ElaboratedTypeLoc>());
        return;
      }
    }
    TL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(Keyword != ETK_None
                               ? DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()
                               : SourceLocation());
    const CXXScopeSpec& SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
    TL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
    Visit(TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc());
  }
  void VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_typename)((void)0);
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
    assert(TInfo)((void)0);
    TL.copy(TInfo->getTypeLoc().castAs<DependentNameTypeLoc>());
  }
  void VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
                               DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_typename)((void)0);
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
    assert(TInfo)((void)0);
    TL.copy(
        TInfo->getTypeLoc().castAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>());
  }
  void VisitAutoTypeLoc(AutoTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_auto ||((void)0)
           DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_decltype_auto ||((void)0)
           DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_auto_type ||((void)0)
           DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_unspecified)((void)0);
    TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    if (!DS.isConstrainedAuto())
      return;
    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = DS.getRepAsTemplateId();
    if (!TemplateId)
      return;
    if (DS.getTypeSpecScope().isNotEmpty())
      TL.setNestedNameSpecifierLoc(
          DS.getTypeSpecScope().getWithLocInContext(Context));
    else
      TL.setNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc());
    TL.setTemplateKWLoc(TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc);
    TL.setConceptNameLoc(TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc);
    TL.setFoundDecl(nullptr);
    TL.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
    TL.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
    if (TemplateId->NumArgs == 0)
      return;
    TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsInfo;
    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                       TemplateId->NumArgs);
    SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgsInfo);
    for (unsigned I = 0; I < TemplateId->NumArgs; ++I)
      TL.setArgLocInfo(I, TemplateArgsInfo.arguments()[I].getLocInfo());
  }
  void VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc());
  }
  void VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) {
    // An AtomicTypeLoc can come from either an _Atomic(...) type specifier
    // or an _Atomic qualifier.
    if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_atomic) {
      TL.setKWLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
      TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange());

      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
      Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
      assert(TInfo)((void)0);
      TL.getValueLoc().initializeFullCopy(TInfo->getTypeLoc());
    } else {
      TL.setKWLoc(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
      // No parens, to indicate this was spelled as an _Atomic qualifier.
      TL.setParensRange(SourceRange());
      Visit(TL.getValueLoc());
    }
  }

  void VisitPipeTypeLoc(PipeTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setKWLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());

    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
    TL.getValueLoc().initializeFullCopy(TInfo->getTypeLoc());
  }

  void VisitExtIntTypeLoc(ExtIntTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  }

  void VisitDependentExtIntTypeLoc(DependentExtIntTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  }

  void VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL) {
    // FIXME: add other typespec types and change this to an assert.
    TL.initialize(Context, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  }
};

class DeclaratorLocFiller : public TypeLocVisitor<DeclaratorLocFiller> {
  ASTContext &Context;
  TypeProcessingState &State;
  const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk;

public:
  DeclaratorLocFiller(ASTContext &Context, TypeProcessingState &State,
                      const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk)
      : Context(Context), State(State), Chunk(Chunk) {}

  void VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
    llvm_unreachable("qualified type locs not expected here!")__builtin_unreachable();
  }
  void VisitDecayedTypeLoc(DecayedTypeLoc TL) {
    llvm_unreachable("decayed type locs not expected here!")__builtin_unreachable();
  }

  void VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) {
    fillAttributedTypeLoc(TL, State);
  }
  void VisitAdjustedTypeLoc(AdjustedTypeLoc TL) {
    // nothing
  }
  void VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer)((void)0);
    TL.setCaretLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer)((void)0);
    TL.setStarLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer)((void)0);
    TL.setStarLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)((void)0);
    const CXXScopeSpec& SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
    NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc = SS.getWithLocInContext(Context);

    const Type* ClsTy = TL.getClass();
    QualType ClsQT = QualType(ClsTy, 0);
    TypeSourceInfo *ClsTInfo = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(ClsQT, 0);
    // Now copy source location info into the type loc component.
    TypeLoc ClsTL = ClsTInfo->getTypeLoc();
    switch (NNSLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getKind()) {
    case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
      assert(isa<DependentNameType>(ClsTy) && "Unexpected TypeLoc")((void)0);
      {
        DependentNameTypeLoc DNTLoc = ClsTL.castAs<DependentNameTypeLoc>();
        DNTLoc.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
        DNTLoc.setQualifierLoc(NNSLoc.getPrefix());
        DNTLoc.setNameLoc(NNSLoc.getLocalBeginLoc());
      }
      break;

    case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
    case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
      if (isa<ElaboratedType>(ClsTy)) {
        ElaboratedTypeLoc ETLoc = ClsTL.castAs<ElaboratedTypeLoc>();
        ETLoc.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
        ETLoc.setQualifierLoc(NNSLoc.getPrefix());
        TypeLoc NamedTL = ETLoc.getNamedTypeLoc();
        NamedTL.initializeFullCopy(NNSLoc.getTypeLoc());
      } else {
        ClsTL.initializeFullCopy(NNSLoc.getTypeLoc());
      }
      break;

    case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
    case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
    case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
    case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
      llvm_unreachable("Nested-name-specifier must name a type")__builtin_unreachable();
    }

    // Finally fill in MemberPointerLocInfo fields.
    TL.setStarLoc(Chunk.Mem.StarLoc);
    TL.setClassTInfo(ClsTInfo);
  }
  void VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Reference)((void)0);
    // 'Amp' is misleading: this might have been originally
    /// spelled with AmpAmp.
    TL.setAmpLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Reference)((void)0);
    assert(!Chunk.Ref.LValueRef)((void)0);
    TL.setAmpAmpLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array)((void)0);
    TL.setLBracketLoc(Chunk.Loc);
    TL.setRBracketLoc(Chunk.EndLoc);
    TL.setSizeExpr(static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts));
  }
  void VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function)((void)0);
    TL.setLocalRangeBegin(Chunk.Loc);
    TL.setLocalRangeEnd(Chunk.EndLoc);

    const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = Chunk.Fun;
    TL.setLParenLoc(FTI.getLParenLoc());
    TL.setRParenLoc(FTI.getRParenLoc());
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumParams(), tpi = 0; i != e; ++i) {
      ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
      TL.setParam(tpi++, Param);
    }
    TL.setExceptionSpecRange(FTI.getExceptionSpecRange());
  }
  void VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Paren)((void)0);
    TL.setLParenLoc(Chunk.Loc);
    TL.setRParenLoc(Chunk.EndLoc);
  }
  void VisitPipeTypeLoc(PipeTypeLoc TL) {
    assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pipe)((void)0);
    TL.setKWLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitExtIntTypeLoc(ExtIntTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitMacroQualifiedTypeLoc(MacroQualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setExpansionLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitVectorTypeLoc(VectorTypeLoc TL) { TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc); }
  void VisitDependentVectorTypeLoc(DependentVectorTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void VisitExtVectorTypeLoc(ExtVectorTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }
  void
  VisitDependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc(DependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc TL) {
    TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc);
  }

  void VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL) {
    llvm_unreachable("unsupported TypeLoc kind in declarator!")__builtin_unreachable();
  }
};
6228} // end anonymous namespace

6230static void fillAtomicQualLoc(AtomicTypeLoc ATL, const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk) {
SourceLocation Loc;
switch (Chunk.Kind) {
case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
  llvm_unreachable("cannot be _Atomic qualified")__builtin_unreachable();

case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
  Loc = Chunk.Ptr.AtomicQualLoc;
  break;

case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
  // FIXME: Provide a source location for the _Atomic keyword.
  break;
}

ATL.setKWLoc(Loc);
ATL.setParensRange(SourceRange());
6252}

6254static void
6255fillDependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc(DependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc DASTL,
                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs) {
  if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace) {
    DASTL.setAttrNameLoc(AL.getLoc());
    DASTL.setAttrExprOperand(AL.getArgAsExpr(0));
    DASTL.setAttrOperandParensRange(SourceRange());
    return;
  }
}

llvm_unreachable(__builtin_unreachable()
    "no address_space attribute found at the expected location!")__builtin_unreachable();
6268}

6270static void fillMatrixTypeLoc(MatrixTypeLoc MTL,
                            const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs) {
  if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_MatrixType) {
    MTL.setAttrNameLoc(AL.getLoc());
    MTL.setAttrRowOperand(AL.getArgAsExpr(0));
    MTL.setAttrColumnOperand(AL.getArgAsExpr(1));
    MTL.setAttrOperandParensRange(SourceRange());
    return;
  }
}

llvm_unreachable("no matrix_type attribute found at the expected location!")__builtin_unreachable();
6283}

6285/// Create and instantiate a TypeSourceInfo with type source information.
6286///
6287/// \param T QualType referring to the type as written in source code.
6288///
6289/// \param ReturnTypeInfo For declarators whose return type does not show
6290/// up in the normal place in the declaration specifiers (such as a C++
6291/// conversion function), this pointer will refer to a type source information
6292/// for that return type.
6293static TypeSourceInfo *
6294GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &State,
                             QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo) {
Sema &S = State.getSema();
Declarator &D = State.getDeclarator();

TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = S.Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
UnqualTypeLoc CurrTL = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();

// Handle parameter packs whose type is a pack expansion.
if (isa<PackExpansionType>(T)) {
  CurrTL.castAs<PackExpansionTypeLoc>().setEllipsisLoc(D.getEllipsisLoc());
  CurrTL = CurrTL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
}

for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
  // An AtomicTypeLoc might be produced by an atomic qualifier in this
  // declarator chunk.
  if (AtomicTypeLoc ATL = CurrTL.getAs<AtomicTypeLoc>()) {
    fillAtomicQualLoc(ATL, D.getTypeObject(i));
    CurrTL = ATL.getValueLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
  }

  while (MacroQualifiedTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<MacroQualifiedTypeLoc>()) {
    TL.setExpansionLoc(
        State.getExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(TL.getTypePtr()));
    CurrTL = TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
  }

  while (AttributedTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) {
    fillAttributedTypeLoc(TL, State);
    CurrTL = TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
  }

  while (DependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc TL =
             CurrTL.getAs<DependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc>()) {
    fillDependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc(TL, D.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs());
    CurrTL = TL.getPointeeTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
  }

  if (MatrixTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<MatrixTypeLoc>())
    fillMatrixTypeLoc(TL, D.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs());

  // FIXME: Ordering here?
  while (AdjustedTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<AdjustedTypeLoc>())
    CurrTL = TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();

  DeclaratorLocFiller(S.Context, State, D.getTypeObject(i)).Visit(CurrTL);
  CurrTL = CurrTL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
}

// If we have different source information for the return type, use
// that.  This really only applies to C++ conversion functions.
if (ReturnTypeInfo) {
  TypeLoc TL = ReturnTypeInfo->getTypeLoc();
  assert(TL.getFullDataSize() == CurrTL.getFullDataSize())((void)0);
  memcpy(CurrTL.getOpaqueData(), TL.getOpaqueData(), TL.getFullDataSize());
} else {
  TypeSpecLocFiller(S, S.Context, State, D.getDeclSpec()).Visit(CurrTL);
}

return TInfo;
6355}

6357/// Create a LocInfoType to hold the given QualType and TypeSourceInfo.
6358ParsedType Sema::CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
// FIXME: LocInfoTypes are "transient", only needed for passing to/from Parser
// and Sema during declaration parsing. Try deallocating/caching them when
// it's appropriate, instead of allocating them and keeping them around.
LocInfoType *LocT = (LocInfoType*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(LocInfoType),
                                                     TypeAlignment);
new (LocT) LocInfoType(T, TInfo);
assert(LocT->getTypeClass() != T->getTypeClass() &&((void)0)
       "LocInfoType's TypeClass conflicts with an existing Type class")((void)0);
return ParsedType::make(QualType(LocT, 0));
6368}

6370void LocInfoType::getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
llvm_unreachable("LocInfoType leaked into the type system; an opaque TypeTy*"__builtin_unreachable()
       " was used directly instead of getting the QualType through"__builtin_unreachable()
       " GetTypeFromParser")__builtin_unreachable();
6375}

6377TypeResult Sema::ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
// C99 6.7.6: Type names have no identifier.  This is already validated by
// the parser.
assert(D.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&((void)0)
       "Type name should have no identifier!")((void)0);

TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
QualType T = TInfo->getType();
if (D.isInvalidType())
  return true;

// Make sure there are no unused decl attributes on the declarator.
// We don't want to do this for ObjC parameters because we're going
// to apply them to the actual parameter declaration.
// Likewise, we don't want to do this for alias declarations, because
// we are actually going to build a declaration from this eventually.
if (D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter &&
    D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl &&
    D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate)
  checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);

if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
  // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
  CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
}

return CreateParsedType(T, TInfo);
6404}

6406ParsedType Sema::ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc) {
QualType T = Context.getObjCInstanceType();
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
return CreateParsedType(T, TInfo);
6410}

6412//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6413// Type Attribute Processing
6414//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

6416/// Build an AddressSpace index from a constant expression and diagnose any
6417/// errors related to invalid address_spaces. Returns true on successfully
6418/// building an AddressSpace index.
6419static bool BuildAddressSpaceIndex(Sema &S, LangAS &ASIdx,
                                 const Expr *AddrSpace,
                                 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
if (!AddrSpace->isValueDependent()) {
  Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptAddrSpace =
      AddrSpace->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
  if (!OptAddrSpace) {
    S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
        << "'address_space'" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant
        << AddrSpace->getSourceRange();
    return false;
  }
  llvm::APSInt &addrSpace = *OptAddrSpace;

  // Bounds checking.
  if (addrSpace.isSigned()) {
    if (addrSpace.isNegative()) {
      S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_space_negative)
          << AddrSpace->getSourceRange();
      return false;
    }
    addrSpace.setIsSigned(false);
  }

  llvm::APSInt max(addrSpace.getBitWidth());
  max =
      Qualifiers::MaxAddressSpace - (unsigned)LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace;

  if (addrSpace > max) {
    S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_space_too_high)
        << (unsigned)max.getZExtValue() << AddrSpace->getSourceRange();
    return false;
  }

  ASIdx =
      getLangASFromTargetAS(static_cast<unsigned>(addrSpace.getZExtValue()));
  return true;
}

// Default value for DependentAddressSpaceTypes
ASIdx = LangAS::Default;
return true;
6461}

6463/// BuildAddressSpaceAttr - Builds a DependentAddressSpaceType if an expression
6464/// is uninstantiated. If instantiated it will apply the appropriate address
6465/// space to the type. This function allows dependent template variables to be
6466/// used in conjunction with the address_space attribute
6467QualType Sema::BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace,
                                   SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
if (!AddrSpace->isValueDependent()) {
  if (DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(*this, T.getAddressSpace(), ASIdx,
                                          AttrLoc))
    return QualType();

  return Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, ASIdx);
}

// A check with similar intentions as checking if a type already has an
// address space except for on a dependent types, basically if the
// current type is already a DependentAddressSpaceType then its already
// lined up to have another address space on it and we can't have
// multiple address spaces on the one pointer indirection
if (T->getAs<DependentAddressSpaceType>()) {
  Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_multiple_qualifiers);
  return QualType();
}

return Context.getDependentAddressSpaceType(T, AddrSpace, AttrLoc);
6488}

6490QualType Sema::BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace,
                                   SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
LangAS ASIdx;
if (!BuildAddressSpaceIndex(*this, ASIdx, AddrSpace, AttrLoc))
  return QualType();
return BuildAddressSpaceAttr(T, ASIdx, AddrSpace, AttrLoc);
6496}

6498/// HandleAddressSpaceTypeAttribute - Process an address_space attribute on the
6499/// specified type.  The attribute contains 1 argument, the id of the address
6500/// space for the type.
6501static void HandleAddressSpaceTypeAttribute(QualType &Type,
                                          const ParsedAttr &Attr,
                                          TypeProcessingState &State) {
Sema &S = State.getSema();

// ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.3 (amending C99 6.7.3): "A function type shall not be
// qualified by an address-space qualifier."
if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_address_function_type);
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

LangAS ASIdx;
if (Attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace) {

  // Check the attribute arguments.
  if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) {
    S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr
                                                                      << 1;
    Attr.setInvalid();
    return;
  }

  Expr *ASArgExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0));
  LangAS ASIdx;
  if (!BuildAddressSpaceIndex(S, ASIdx, ASArgExpr, Attr.getLoc())) {
    Attr.setInvalid();
    return;
  }

  ASTContext &Ctx = S.Context;
  auto *ASAttr =
      ::new (Ctx) AddressSpaceAttr(Ctx, Attr, static_cast<unsigned>(ASIdx));

  // If the expression is not value dependent (not templated), then we can
  // apply the address space qualifiers just to the equivalent type.
  // Otherwise, we make an AttributedType with the modified and equivalent
  // type the same, and wrap it in a DependentAddressSpaceType. When this
  // dependent type is resolved, the qualifier is added to the equivalent type
  // later.
  QualType T;
  if (!ASArgExpr->isValueDependent()) {
    QualType EquivType =
        S.BuildAddressSpaceAttr(Type, ASIdx, ASArgExpr, Attr.getLoc());
    if (EquivType.isNull()) {
      Attr.setInvalid();
      return;
    }
    T = State.getAttributedType(ASAttr, Type, EquivType);
  } else {
    T = State.getAttributedType(ASAttr, Type, Type);
    T = S.BuildAddressSpaceAttr(T, ASIdx, ASArgExpr, Attr.getLoc());
  }

  if (!T.isNull())
    Type = T;
  else
    Attr.setInvalid();
} else {
  // The keyword-based type attributes imply which address space to use.
  ASIdx = S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice ? Attr.asSYCLLangAS()
                                       : Attr.asOpenCLLangAS();

  if (ASIdx == LangAS::Default)
    llvm_unreachable("Invalid address space")__builtin_unreachable();

  if (DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(S, Type.getAddressSpace(), ASIdx,
                                          Attr.getLoc())) {
    Attr.setInvalid();
    return;
  }

  Type = S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ASIdx);
}
6576}

6578/// handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr - Process an objc_ownership
6579/// attribute on the specified type.
6580///
6581/// Returns 'true' if the attribute was handled.
6582static bool handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                      ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type) {
bool NonObjCPointer = false;

if (!type->isDependentType() && !type->isUndeducedType()) {
  if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    QualType pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
    if (pointee->isObjCRetainableType() || pointee->isPointerType())
      return false;
    // It is important not to lose the source info that there was an attribute
    // applied to non-objc pointer. We will create an attributed type but
    // its type will be the same as the original type.
    NonObjCPointer = true;
  } else if (!type->isObjCRetainableType()) {
    return false;
  }

  // Don't accept an ownership attribute in the declspec if it would
  // just be the return type of a block pointer.
  if (state.isProcessingDeclSpec()) {
    Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator();
    if (maybeMovePastReturnType(D, D.getNumTypeObjects(),
                                /*onlyBlockPointers=*/true))
      return false;
  }
}

Sema &S = state.getSema();
SourceLocation AttrLoc = attr.getLoc();
if (AttrLoc.isMacroID())
  AttrLoc =
      S.getSourceManager().getImmediateExpansionRange(AttrLoc).getBegin();

if (!attr.isArgIdent(0)) {
  S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << attr
                                                     << AANT_ArgumentString;
  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}

IdentifierInfo *II = attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident;
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
if (II->isStr("none"))
  lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
else if (II->isStr("strong"))
  lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Strong;
else if (II->isStr("weak"))
  lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Weak;
else if (II->isStr("autoreleasing"))
  lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing;
else {
  S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << attr << II;
  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}

// Just ignore lifetime attributes other than __weak and __unsafe_unretained
// outside of ARC mode.
if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
    lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
    lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
  return true;
}

SplitQualType underlyingType = type.split();

// Check for redundant/conflicting ownership qualifiers.
if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime previousLifetime
      = type.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime()) {
  // If it's written directly, that's an error.
  if (S.Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(type)) {
    S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attr_objc_ownership_redundant)
      << type;
    return true;
  }

  // Otherwise, if the qualifiers actually conflict, pull sugar off
  // and remove the ObjCLifetime qualifiers.
  if (previousLifetime != lifetime) {
    // It's possible to have multiple local ObjCLifetime qualifiers. We
    // can't stop after we reach a type that is directly qualified.
    const Type *prevTy = nullptr;
    while (!prevTy || prevTy != underlyingType.Ty) {
      prevTy = underlyingType.Ty;
      underlyingType = underlyingType.getSingleStepDesugaredType();
    }
    underlyingType.Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
  }
}

underlyingType.Quals.addObjCLifetime(lifetime);

if (NonObjCPointer) {
  StringRef name = attr.getAttrName()->getName();
  switch (lifetime) {
  case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
  case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
    break;
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: name = "__strong"; break;
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: name = "__weak"; break;
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: name = "__autoreleasing"; break;
  }
  S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_type_attribute_wrong_type) << name
    << TDS_ObjCObjOrBlock << type;
}

// Don't actually add the __unsafe_unretained qualifier in non-ARC files,
// because having both 'T' and '__unsafe_unretained T' exist in the type
// system causes unfortunate widespread consistency problems.  (For example,
// they're not considered compatible types, and we mangle them identicially
// as template arguments.)  These problems are all individually fixable,
// but it's easier to just not add the qualifier and instead sniff it out
// in specific places using isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType().
//
// Doing this does means we miss some trivial consistency checks that
// would've triggered in ARC, but that's better than trying to solve all
// the coexistence problems with __unsafe_unretained.
if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
    lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
  type = state.getAttributedType(
      createSimpleAttr<ObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedAttr>(S.Context, attr),
      type, type);
  return true;
}

QualType origType = type;
if (!NonObjCPointer)
  type = S.Context.getQualifiedType(underlyingType);

// If we have a valid source location for the attribute, use an
// AttributedType instead.
if (AttrLoc.isValid()) {
  type = state.getAttributedType(::new (S.Context)
                                     ObjCOwnershipAttr(S.Context, attr, II),
                                 origType, type);
}

auto diagnoseOrDelay = [](Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
                          unsigned diagnostic, QualType type) {
  if (S.DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) {
    S.DelayedDiagnostics.add(
        sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
            S.getSourceManager().getExpansionLoc(loc),
            diagnostic, type, /*ignored*/ 0));
  } else {
    S.Diag(loc, diagnostic);
  }
};

// Sometimes, __weak isn't allowed.
if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
    !S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && !NonObjCPointer) {

  // Use a specialized diagnostic if the runtime just doesn't support them.
  unsigned diagnostic =
    (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeakRuntime ? diag::err_arc_weak_disabled
                                     : diag::err_arc_weak_no_runtime);

  // In any case, delay the diagnostic until we know what we're parsing.
  diagnoseOrDelay(S, AttrLoc, diagnostic, type);

  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}

// Forbid __weak for class objects marked as
// objc_arc_weak_reference_unavailable
if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjT =
        type->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = ObjT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
      if (Class->isArcWeakrefUnavailable()) {
        S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_arc_unsupported_weak_class);
        S.Diag(ObjT->getInterfaceDecl()->getLocation(),
               diag::note_class_declared);
      }
    }
  }
}

return true;
6763}

6765/// handleObjCGCTypeAttr - Process the __attribute__((objc_gc)) type
6766/// attribute on the specified type.  Returns true to indicate that
6767/// the attribute was handled, false to indicate that the type does
6768/// not permit the attribute.
6769static bool handleObjCGCTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr,
                               QualType &type) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();

// Delay if this isn't some kind of pointer.
if (!type->isPointerType() &&
    !type->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
    !type->isBlockPointerType())
  return false;

if (type.getObjCGCAttr() != Qualifiers::GCNone) {
  S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_multiple_objc_gc);
  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}

// Check the attribute arguments.
if (!attr.isArgIdent(0)) {
  S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
      << attr << AANT_ArgumentString;
  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}
Qualifiers::GC GCAttr;
if (attr.getNumArgs() > 1) {
  S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << attr
                                                                    << 1;
  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}

IdentifierInfo *II = attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident;
if (II->isStr("weak"))
  GCAttr = Qualifiers::Weak;
else if (II->isStr("strong"))
  GCAttr = Qualifiers::Strong;
else {
  S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported)
      << attr << II;
  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}

QualType origType = type;
type = S.Context.getObjCGCQualType(origType, GCAttr);

// Make an attributed type to preserve the source information.
if (attr.getLoc().isValid())
  type = state.getAttributedType(
      ::new (S.Context) ObjCGCAttr(S.Context, attr, II), origType, type);

return true;
6821}

6823namespace {
/// A helper class to unwrap a type down to a function for the
/// purposes of applying attributes there.
///
/// Use:
///   FunctionTypeUnwrapper unwrapped(SemaRef, T);
///   if (unwrapped.isFunctionType()) {
///     const FunctionType *fn = unwrapped.get();
///     // change fn somehow
///     T = unwrapped.wrap(fn);
///   }
struct FunctionTypeUnwrapper {
  enum WrapKind {
    Desugar,
    Attributed,
    Parens,
    Array,
    Pointer,
    BlockPointer,
    Reference,
    MemberPointer,
    MacroQualified,
  };

  QualType Original;
  const FunctionType *Fn;
  SmallVector<unsigned char /*WrapKind*/, 8> Stack;

  FunctionTypeUnwrapper(Sema &S, QualType T) : Original(T) {
    while (true) {
      const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
      if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
        Fn = cast<FunctionType>(Ty);
        return;
      } else if (isa<ParenType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<ParenType>(Ty)->getInnerType();
        Stack.push_back(Parens);
      } else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(Ty) || isa<VariableArrayType>(Ty) ||
                 isa<IncompleteArrayType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
        Stack.push_back(Array);
      } else if (isa<PointerType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
        Stack.push_back(Pointer);
      } else if (isa<BlockPointerType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
        Stack.push_back(BlockPointer);
      } else if (isa<MemberPointerType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
        Stack.push_back(MemberPointer);
      } else if (isa<ReferenceType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
        Stack.push_back(Reference);
      } else if (isa<AttributedType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<AttributedType>(Ty)->getEquivalentType();
        Stack.push_back(Attributed);
      } else if (isa<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) {
        T = cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingType();
        Stack.push_back(MacroQualified);
      } else {
        const Type *DTy = Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType();
        if (Ty == DTy) {
          Fn = nullptr;
          return;
        }

        T = QualType(DTy, 0);
        Stack.push_back(Desugar);
      }
    }
  }

  bool isFunctionType() const { return (Fn != nullptr); }
  const FunctionType *get() const { return Fn; }

  QualType wrap(Sema &S, const FunctionType *New) {
    // If T wasn't modified from the unwrapped type, do nothing.
    if (New == get()) return Original;

    Fn = New;
    return wrap(S.Context, Original, 0);
  }

private:
  QualType wrap(ASTContext &C, QualType Old, unsigned I) {
    if (I == Stack.size())
      return C.getQualifiedType(Fn, Old.getQualifiers());

    // Build up the inner type, applying the qualifiers from the old
    // type to the new type.
    SplitQualType SplitOld = Old.split();

    // As a special case, tail-recurse if there are no qualifiers.
    if (SplitOld.Quals.empty())
      return wrap(C, SplitOld.Ty, I);
    return C.getQualifiedType(wrap(C, SplitOld.Ty, I), SplitOld.Quals);
  }

  QualType wrap(ASTContext &C, const Type *Old, unsigned I) {
    if (I == Stack.size()) return QualType(Fn, 0);

    switch (static_cast<WrapKind>(Stack[I++])) {
    case Desugar:
      // This is the point at which we potentially lose source
      // information.
      return wrap(C, Old->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), I);

    case Attributed:
      return wrap(C, cast<AttributedType>(Old)->getEquivalentType(), I);

    case Parens: {
      QualType New = wrap(C, cast<ParenType>(Old)->getInnerType(), I);
      return C.getParenType(New);
    }

    case MacroQualified:
      return wrap(C, cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Old)->getUnderlyingType(), I);

    case Array: {
      if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(Old)) {
        QualType New = wrap(C, CAT->getElementType(), I);
        return C.getConstantArrayType(New, CAT->getSize(), CAT->getSizeExpr(),
                                      CAT->getSizeModifier(),
                                      CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
      }

      if (const auto *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(Old)) {
        QualType New = wrap(C, VAT->getElementType(), I);
        return C.getVariableArrayType(
            New, VAT->getSizeExpr(), VAT->getSizeModifier(),
            VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), VAT->getBracketsRange());
      }

      const auto *IAT = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(Old);
      QualType New = wrap(C, IAT->getElementType(), I);
      return C.getIncompleteArrayType(New, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
                                      IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
    }

    case Pointer: {
      QualType New = wrap(C, cast<PointerType>(Old)->getPointeeType(), I);
      return C.getPointerType(New);
    }

    case BlockPointer: {
      QualType New = wrap(C, cast<BlockPointerType>(Old)->getPointeeType(),I);
      return C.getBlockPointerType(New);
    }

    case MemberPointer: {
      const MemberPointerType *OldMPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(Old);
      QualType New = wrap(C, OldMPT->getPointeeType(), I);
      return C.getMemberPointerType(New, OldMPT->getClass());
    }

    case Reference: {
      const ReferenceType *OldRef = cast<ReferenceType>(Old);
      QualType New = wrap(C, OldRef->getPointeeType(), I);
      if (isa<LValueReferenceType>(OldRef))
        return C.getLValueReferenceType(New, OldRef->isSpelledAsLValue());
      else
        return C.getRValueReferenceType(New);
    }
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unknown wrapping kind")__builtin_unreachable();
  }
};
6991} // end anonymous namespace

6993static bool handleMSPointerTypeQualifierAttr(TypeProcessingState &State,
                                           ParsedAttr &PAttr, QualType &Type) {
Sema &S = State.getSema();

Attr *A;
switch (PAttr.getKind()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown attribute kind")__builtin_unreachable();
case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32:
  A = createSimpleAttr<Ptr32Attr>(S.Context, PAttr);
  break;
case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64:
  A = createSimpleAttr<Ptr64Attr>(S.Context, PAttr);
  break;
case ParsedAttr::AT_SPtr:
  A = createSimpleAttr<SPtrAttr>(S.Context, PAttr);
  break;
case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr:
  A = createSimpleAttr<UPtrAttr>(S.Context, PAttr);
  break;
}

std::bitset<attr::LastAttr> Attrs;
attr::Kind NewAttrKind = A->getKind();
QualType Desugared = Type;
const AttributedType *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Type);
while (AT) {
  Attrs[AT->getAttrKind()] = true;
  Desugared = AT->getModifiedType();
  AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Desugared);
}

// You cannot specify duplicate type attributes, so if the attribute has
// already been applied, flag it.
if (Attrs[NewAttrKind]) {
  S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute_exact) << PAttr;
  return true;
}
Attrs[NewAttrKind] = true;

// You cannot have both __sptr and __uptr on the same type, nor can you
// have __ptr32 and __ptr64.
if (Attrs[attr::Ptr32] && Attrs[attr::Ptr64]) {
  S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible)
      << "'__ptr32'"
      << "'__ptr64'";
  return true;
} else if (Attrs[attr::SPtr] && Attrs[attr::UPtr]) {
  S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible)
      << "'__sptr'"
      << "'__uptr'";
  return true;
}

// Pointer type qualifiers can only operate on pointer types, but not
// pointer-to-member types.
//
// FIXME: Should we really be disallowing this attribute if there is any
// type sugar between it and the pointer (other than attributes)? Eg, this
// disallows the attribute on a parenthesized pointer.
// And if so, should we really allow *any* type attribute?
if (!isa<PointerType>(Desugared)) {
  if (Type->isMemberPointerType())
    S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_no_member_pointers) << PAttr;
  else
    S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) << PAttr << 0;
  return true;
}

// Add address space to type based on its attributes.
LangAS ASIdx = LangAS::Default;
uint64_t PtrWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
if (PtrWidth == 32) {
  if (Attrs[attr::Ptr64])
    ASIdx = LangAS::ptr64;
  else if (Attrs[attr::UPtr])
    ASIdx = LangAS::ptr32_uptr;
} else if (PtrWidth == 64 && Attrs[attr::Ptr32]) {
  if (Attrs[attr::UPtr])
    ASIdx = LangAS::ptr32_uptr;
  else
    ASIdx = LangAS::ptr32_sptr;
}

QualType Pointee = Type->getPointeeType();
if (ASIdx != LangAS::Default)
  Pointee = S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(
      S.Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(Pointee), ASIdx);
Type = State.getAttributedType(A, Type, S.Context.getPointerType(Pointee));
return false;
7082}

7084/// Map a nullability attribute kind to a nullability kind.
7085static NullabilityKind mapNullabilityAttrKind(ParsedAttr::Kind kind) {
switch (kind) {
case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull:
  return NullabilityKind::NonNull;

case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable:
  return NullabilityKind::Nullable;

case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult:
  return NullabilityKind::NullableResult;

case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified:
  return NullabilityKind::Unspecified;

default:
  llvm_unreachable("not a nullability attribute kind")__builtin_unreachable();
}
7102}

7104/// Applies a nullability type specifier to the given type, if possible.
7105///
7106/// \param state The type processing state.
7107///
7108/// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
7109/// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
7110///
7111/// \param attr The attribute as written on the type.
7112///
7113/// \param allowOnArrayType Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an
7114/// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer).
7115///
7116/// \returns true if a problem has been diagnosed, false on success.
7117static bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                        QualType &type,
                                        ParsedAttr &attr,
                                        bool allowOnArrayType) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();

NullabilityKind nullability = mapNullabilityAttrKind(attr.getKind());
SourceLocation nullabilityLoc = attr.getLoc();
bool isContextSensitive = attr.isContextSensitiveKeywordAttribute();

recordNullabilitySeen(S, nullabilityLoc);

// Check for existing nullability attributes on the type.
QualType desugared = type;
while (auto attributed = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(desugared.getTypePtr())) {
  // Check whether there is already a null
  if (auto existingNullability = attributed->getImmediateNullability()) {
    // Duplicated nullability.
    if (nullability == *existingNullability) {
      S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::warn_nullability_duplicate)
        << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive)
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(nullabilityLoc);

      break;
    }

    // Conflicting nullability.
    S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_conflicting)
      << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive)
      << DiagNullabilityKind(*existingNullability, false);
    return true;
  }

  desugared = attributed->getModifiedType();
}

// If there is already a different nullability specifier, complain.
// This (unlike the code above) looks through typedefs that might
// have nullability specifiers on them, which means we cannot
// provide a useful Fix-It.
if (auto existingNullability = desugared->getNullability(S.Context)) {
  if (nullability != *existingNullability) {
    S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_conflicting)
      << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive)
      << DiagNullabilityKind(*existingNullability, false);

    // Try to find the typedef with the existing nullability specifier.
    if (auto typedefType = desugared->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
      TypedefNameDecl *typedefDecl = typedefType->getDecl();
      QualType underlyingType = typedefDecl->getUnderlyingType();
      if (auto typedefNullability
            = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(underlyingType)) {
        if (*typedefNullability == *existingNullability) {
          S.Diag(typedefDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_nullability_here)
            << DiagNullabilityKind(*existingNullability, false);
        }
      }
    }

    return true;
  }
}

// If this definitely isn't a pointer type, reject the specifier.
if (!desugared->canHaveNullability() &&
    !(allowOnArrayType && desugared->isArrayType())) {
  S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_nonpointer)
    << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive) << type;
  return true;
}

// For the context-sensitive keywords/Objective-C property
// attributes, require that the type be a single-level pointer.
if (isContextSensitive) {
  // Make sure that the pointee isn't itself a pointer type.
  const Type *pointeeType = nullptr;
  if (desugared->isArrayType())
    pointeeType = desugared->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual();
  else if (desugared->isAnyPointerType())
    pointeeType = desugared->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();

  if (pointeeType && (pointeeType->isAnyPointerType() ||
                      pointeeType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
                      pointeeType->isMemberPointerType())) {
    S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_cs_multilevel)
      << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, true)
      << type;
    S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::note_nullability_type_specifier)
      << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, false)
      << type
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(nullabilityLoc,
                                      getNullabilitySpelling(nullability));
    return true;
  }
}

// Form the attributed type.
type = state.getAttributedType(
    createNullabilityAttr(S.Context, attr, nullability), type, type);
return false;
7217}

7219/// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7220/// the given type.
7221static bool checkObjCKindOfType(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType &type,
                              ParsedAttr &attr) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();

if (isa<ObjCTypeParamType>(type)) {
  // Build the attributed type to record where __kindof occurred.
  type = state.getAttributedType(
      createSimpleAttr<ObjCKindOfAttr>(S.Context, attr), type, type);
  return false;
}

// Find out if it's an Objective-C object or object pointer type;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *ptrType = type->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectType *objType = ptrType ? ptrType->getObjectType()
                                        : type->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();

// If not, we can't apply __kindof.
if (!objType) {
  // FIXME: Handle dependent types that aren't yet object types.
  S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_kindof_nonobject)
    << type;
  return true;
}

// Rebuild the "equivalent" type, which pushes __kindof down into
// the object type.
// There is no need to apply kindof on an unqualified id type.
QualType equivType = S.Context.getObjCObjectType(
    objType->getBaseType(), objType->getTypeArgsAsWritten(),
    objType->getProtocols(),
    /*isKindOf=*/objType->isObjCUnqualifiedId() ? false : true);

// If we started with an object pointer type, rebuild it.
if (ptrType) {
  equivType = S.Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(equivType);
  if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(S.Context)) {
    // We create a nullability attribute from the __kindof attribute.
    // Make sure that will make sense.
    assert(attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex() == 0 &&((void)0)
           "multiple spellings for __kindof?")((void)0);
    Attr *A = createNullabilityAttr(S.Context, attr, *nullability);
    A->setImplicit(true);
    equivType = state.getAttributedType(A, equivType, equivType);
  }
}

// Build the attributed type to record where __kindof occurred.
type = state.getAttributedType(
    createSimpleAttr<ObjCKindOfAttr>(S.Context, attr), type, equivType);
return false;
7271}

7273/// Distribute a nullability type attribute that cannot be applied to
7274/// the type specifier to a pointer, block pointer, or member pointer
7275/// declarator, complaining if necessary.
7276///
7277/// \returns true if the nullability annotation was distributed, false
7278/// otherwise.
7279static bool distributeNullabilityTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state,
                                        QualType type, ParsedAttr &attr) {
Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator();

/// Attempt to move the attribute to the specified chunk.
auto moveToChunk = [&](DeclaratorChunk &chunk, bool inFunction) -> bool {
  // If there is already a nullability attribute there, don't add
  // one.
  if (hasNullabilityAttr(chunk.getAttrs()))
    return false;

  // Complain about the nullability qualifier being in the wrong
  // place.
  enum {
    PK_Pointer,
    PK_BlockPointer,
    PK_MemberPointer,
    PK_FunctionPointer,
    PK_MemberFunctionPointer,
  } pointerKind
    = chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer ? (inFunction ? PK_FunctionPointer
                                                           : PK_Pointer)
      : chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer ? PK_BlockPointer
      : inFunction? PK_MemberFunctionPointer : PK_MemberPointer;

  auto diag = state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(),
                                   diag::warn_nullability_declspec)
    << DiagNullabilityKind(mapNullabilityAttrKind(attr.getKind()),
                           attr.isContextSensitiveKeywordAttribute())
    << type
    << static_cast<unsigned>(pointerKind);

  // FIXME: MemberPointer chunks don't carry the location of the *.
  if (chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) {
    diag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(attr.getLoc())
         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
                state.getSema().getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(
                    chunk.Loc),
                " " + attr.getAttrName()->getName().str() + " ");
  }

  moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(),
                         chunk.getAttrs());
  return true;
};

// Move it to the outermost pointer, member pointer, or block
// pointer declarator.
for (unsigned i = state.getCurrentChunkIndex(); i != 0; --i) {
  DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1);
  switch (chunk.Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
    return moveToChunk(chunk, false);

  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
    continue;

  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
    // Try to move past the return type to a function/block/member
    // function pointer.
    if (DeclaratorChunk *dest = maybeMovePastReturnType(
                                  declarator, i,
                                  /*onlyBlockPointers=*/false)) {
      return moveToChunk(*dest, true);
    }

    return false;

  // Don't walk through these.
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
    return false;
  }
}

return false;
7358}

7360static Attr *getCCTypeAttr(ASTContext &Ctx, ParsedAttr &Attr) {
assert(!Attr.isInvalid())((void)0);
switch (Attr.getKind()) {
default:
  llvm_unreachable("not a calling convention attribute")__builtin_unreachable();
case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl:
  return createSimpleAttr<CDeclAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall:
  return createSimpleAttr<FastCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall:
  return createSimpleAttr<StdCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall:
  return createSimpleAttr<ThisCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall:
  return createSimpleAttr<RegCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal:
  return createSimpleAttr<PascalAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall:
  return createSimpleAttr<SwiftCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall:
  return createSimpleAttr<SwiftAsyncCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall:
  return createSimpleAttr<VectorCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs:
  return createSimpleAttr<AArch64VectorPcsAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: {
  // The attribute may have had a fixit applied where we treated an
  // identifier as a string literal.  The contents of the string are valid,
  // but the form may not be.
  StringRef Str;
  if (Attr.isArgExpr(0))
    Str = cast<StringLiteral>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0))->getString();
  else
    Str = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident->getName();
  PcsAttr::PCSType Type;
  if (!PcsAttr::ConvertStrToPCSType(Str, Type))
    llvm_unreachable("already validated the attribute")__builtin_unreachable();
  return ::new (Ctx) PcsAttr(Ctx, Attr, Type);
}
case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc:
  return createSimpleAttr<IntelOclBiccAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI:
  return createSimpleAttr<MSABIAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI:
  return createSimpleAttr<SysVABIAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost:
  return createSimpleAttr<PreserveMostAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll:
  return createSimpleAttr<PreserveAllAttr>(Ctx, Attr);
}
llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind!")__builtin_unreachable();
7411}

7413/// Process an individual function attribute.  Returns true to
7414/// indicate that the attribute was handled, false if it wasn't.
7415static bool handleFunctionTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr,
                                 QualType &type) {
Sema &S = state.getSema();

FunctionTypeUnwrapper unwrapped(S, type);

if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn) {
  if (S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr))
    return true;

  // Delay if this is not a function type.
  if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType())
    return false;

  // Otherwise we can process right away.
  FunctionType::ExtInfo EI = unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withNoReturn(true);
  type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI));
  return true;
}

if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall) {
  // Delay if this is not a function type.
  if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType())
    return false;

  // Ignore if we don't have CMSE enabled.
  if (!S.getLangOpts().Cmse) {
    S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << attr;
    attr.setInvalid();
    return true;
  }

  // Otherwise we can process right away.
  FunctionType::ExtInfo EI =
      unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withCmseNSCall(true);
  type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI));
  return true;
}

// ns_returns_retained is not always a type attribute, but if we got
// here, we're treating it as one right now.
if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained) {
  if (attr.getNumArgs()) return true;

  // Delay if this is not a function type.
  if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType())
    return false;

  // Check whether the return type is reasonable.
  if (S.checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(attr.getLoc(),
                                         unwrapped.get()->getReturnType()))
    return true;

  // Only actually change the underlying type in ARC builds.
  QualType origType = type;
  if (state.getSema().getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    FunctionType::ExtInfo EI
      = unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withProducesResult(true);
    type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI));
  }
  type = state.getAttributedType(
      createSimpleAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>(S.Context, attr),
      origType, type);
  return true;
}

if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters) {
  if (S.CheckAttrTarget(attr) || S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr))
    return true;

  // Delay if this is not a function type.
  if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType())
    return false;

  FunctionType::ExtInfo EI =
      unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
  type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI));
  return true;
}

if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck) {
  if (!S.getLangOpts().CFProtectionBranch) {
    S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_nocf_check_attribute_ignored);
    attr.setInvalid();
    return true;
  }

  if (S.CheckAttrTarget(attr) || S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr))
    return true;

  // If this is not a function type, warning will be asserted by subject
  // check.
  if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType())
    return true;

  FunctionType::ExtInfo EI =
    unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withNoCfCheck(true);
  type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI));
  return true;
}

if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm) {
  unsigned value;
  if (S.CheckRegparmAttr(attr, value))
    return true;

  // Delay if this is not a function type.
  if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType())
    return false;

  // Diagnose regparm with fastcall.
  const FunctionType *fn = unwrapped.get();
  CallingConv CC = fn->getCallConv();
  if (CC == CC_X86FastCall) {
    S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible)
      << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC)
      << "regparm";
    attr.setInvalid();
    return true;
  }

  FunctionType::ExtInfo EI =
    unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withRegParm(value);
  type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI));
  return true;
}

if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NoThrow) {
  // Delay if this is not a function type.
  if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType())
    return false;

  if (S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr)) {
    attr.setInvalid();
    return true;
  }

  // Otherwise we can process right away.
  auto *Proto = unwrapped.get()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();

  // MSVC ignores nothrow if it is in conflict with an explicit exception
  // specification.
  if (Proto->hasExceptionSpec()) {
    switch (Proto->getExceptionSpecType()) {
    case EST_None:
      llvm_unreachable("This doesn't have an exception spec!")__builtin_unreachable();

    case EST_DynamicNone:
    case EST_BasicNoexcept:
    case EST_NoexceptTrue:
    case EST_NoThrow:
      // Exception spec doesn't conflict with nothrow, so don't warn.
      LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
    case EST_Unparsed:
    case EST_Uninstantiated:
    case EST_DependentNoexcept:
    case EST_Unevaluated:
      // We don't have enough information to properly determine if there is a
      // conflict, so suppress the warning.
      break;
    case EST_Dynamic:
    case EST_MSAny:
    case EST_NoexceptFalse:
      S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_nothrow_attribute_ignored);
      break;
    }
    return true;
  }

  type = unwrapped.wrap(
      S, S.Context
             .getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(
                 QualType{Proto, 0},
                 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo{EST_NoThrow})
             ->getAs<FunctionType>());
  return true;
}

// Delay if the type didn't work out to a function.
if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) return false;

// Otherwise, a calling convention.
CallingConv CC;
if (S.CheckCallingConvAttr(attr, CC))
  return true;

const FunctionType *fn = unwrapped.get();
CallingConv CCOld = fn->getCallConv();
Attr *CCAttr = getCCTypeAttr(S.Context, attr);

if (CCOld != CC) {
  // Error out on when there's already an attribute on the type
  // and the CCs don't match.
  if (S.getCallingConvAttributedType(type)) {
    S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible)
      << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC)
      << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CCOld);
    attr.setInvalid();
    return true;
  }
}

// Diagnose use of variadic functions with calling conventions that
// don't support them (e.g. because they're callee-cleanup).
// We delay warning about this on unprototyped function declarations
// until after redeclaration checking, just in case we pick up a
// prototype that way.  And apparently we also "delay" warning about
// unprototyped function types in general, despite not necessarily having
// much ability to diagnose it later.
if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
  const FunctionProtoType *FnP = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn);
  if (FnP && FnP->isVariadic()) {
    // stdcall and fastcall are ignored with a warning for GCC and MS
    // compatibility.
    if (CC == CC_X86StdCall || CC == CC_X86FastCall)
      return S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC)
             << (int)Sema::CallingConventionIgnoredReason::VariadicFunction;

    attr.setInvalid();
    return S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_cconv_varargs)
           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
  }
}

// Also diagnose fastcall with regparm.
if (CC == CC_X86FastCall && fn->getHasRegParm()) {
  S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible)
      << "regparm" << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall);
  attr.setInvalid();
  return true;
}

// Modify the CC from the wrapped function type, wrap it all back, and then
// wrap the whole thing in an AttributedType as written.  The modified type
// might have a different CC if we ignored the attribute.
QualType Equivalent;
if (CCOld == CC) {
  Equivalent = type;
} else {
  auto EI = unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC);
  Equivalent =
    unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI));
}
type = state.getAttributedType(CCAttr, type, Equivalent);
return true;
7661}

7663bool Sema::hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T) {
const AttributedType *AT;

// Stop if we'd be stripping off a typedef sugar node to reach the
// AttributedType.
while ((AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>()) &&
       AT->getAs<TypedefType>() == T->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
  if (AT->isCallingConv())
    return true;
  T = AT->getModifiedType();
}
return false;
7675}

7677void Sema::adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
                                SourceLocation Loc) {
FunctionTypeUnwrapper Unwrapped(*this, T);
const FunctionType *FT = Unwrapped.get();
bool IsVariadic = (isa<FunctionProtoType>(FT) &&
                   cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic());
CallingConv CurCC = FT->getCallConv();
CallingConv ToCC = Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(IsVariadic, !IsStatic);

if (CurCC == ToCC)
  return;

// MS compiler ignores explicit calling convention attributes on structors. We
// should do the same.
if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && IsCtorOrDtor) {
  // Issue a warning on ignored calling convention -- except of __stdcall.
  // Again, this is what MS compiler does.
  if (CurCC != CC_X86StdCall)
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
        << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CurCC)
        << (int)Sema::CallingConventionIgnoredReason::ConstructorDestructor;
// Default adjustment.
} else {
  // Only adjust types with the default convention.  For example, on Windows
  // we should adjust a __cdecl type to __thiscall for instance methods, and a
  // __thiscall type to __cdecl for static methods.
  CallingConv DefaultCC =
      Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(IsVariadic, IsStatic);

  if (CurCC != DefaultCC || DefaultCC == ToCC)
    return;

  if (hasExplicitCallingConv(T))
    return;
}

FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(ToCC));
QualType Wrapped = Unwrapped.wrap(*this, FT);
T = Context.getAdjustedType(T, Wrapped);
7716}

7718/// HandleVectorSizeAttribute - this attribute is only applicable to integral
7719/// and float scalars, although arrays, pointers, and function return values are
7720/// allowed in conjunction with this construct. Aggregates with this attribute
7721/// are invalid, even if they are of the same size as a corresponding scalar.
7722/// The raw attribute should contain precisely 1 argument, the vector size for
7723/// the variable, measured in bytes. If curType and rawAttr are well formed,
7724/// this routine will return a new vector type.
7725static void HandleVectorSizeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr,
                               Sema &S) {
// Check the attribute arguments.
if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr
                                                                    << 1;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

Expr *SizeExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0);
QualType T = S.BuildVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, Attr.getLoc());
if (!T.isNull())
  CurType = T;
else
  Attr.setInvalid();
7741}

7743/// Process the OpenCL-like ext_vector_type attribute when it occurs on
7744/// a type.
7745static void HandleExtVectorTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr,
                                  Sema &S) {
// check the attribute arguments.
if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr
                                                                    << 1;
  return;
}

Expr *SizeExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0);
QualType T = S.BuildExtVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, Attr.getLoc());
if (!T.isNull())
  CurType = T;
7758}

7760static bool isPermittedNeonBaseType(QualType &Ty,
                                  VectorType::VectorKind VecKind, Sema &S) {
const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
if (!BTy)
  return false;

llvm::Triple Triple = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();

// Signed poly is mathematically wrong, but has been baked into some ABIs by
// now.
bool IsPolyUnsigned = Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64 ||
                      Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32 ||
                      Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_be;
if (VecKind == VectorType::NeonPolyVector) {
  if (IsPolyUnsigned) {
    // AArch64 polynomial vectors are unsigned.
    return BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar ||
           BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UShort ||
           BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong ||
           BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULongLong;
  } else {
    // AArch32 polynomial vectors are signed.
    return BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::SChar ||
           BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Short ||
           BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongLong;
  }
}

// Non-polynomial vector types: the usual suspects are allowed, as well as
// float64_t on AArch64.
if ((Triple.isArch64Bit() || Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32) &&
    BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
  return true;

return BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::SChar ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Short ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UShort ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongLong ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULongLong ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
       BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BFloat16;
7807}

7809static bool verifyValidIntegerConstantExpr(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &Attr,
                                         llvm::APSInt &Result) {
const auto *AttrExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0);
if (!AttrExpr->isTypeDependent() && !AttrExpr->isValueDependent()) {
  if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> Res =
          AttrExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context)) {
    Result = *Res;
    return true;
  }
}
S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
    << Attr << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << AttrExpr->getSourceRange();
Attr.setInvalid();
return false;
7823}

7825/// HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr - The "neon_vector_type" and
7826/// "neon_polyvector_type" attributes are used to create vector types that
7827/// are mangled according to ARM's ABI.  Otherwise, these types are identical
7828/// to those created with the "vector_size" attribute.  Unlike "vector_size"
7829/// the argument to these Neon attributes is the number of vector elements,
7830/// not the vector size in bytes.  The vector width and element type must
7831/// match one of the standard Neon vector types.
7832static void HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr,
                                   Sema &S, VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) {
// Target must have NEON (or MVE, whose vectors are similar enough
// not to need a separate attribute)
if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("neon") &&
    !S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("mve")) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_unsupported)
      << Attr << "'neon' or 'mve'";
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}
// Check the attribute arguments.
if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr
                                                                    << 1;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}
// The number of elements must be an ICE.
llvm::APSInt numEltsInt(32);
if (!verifyValidIntegerConstantExpr(S, Attr, numEltsInt))
  return;

// Only certain element types are supported for Neon vectors.
if (!isPermittedNeonBaseType(CurType, VecKind, S)) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_vector_type) << CurType;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

// The total size of the vector must be 64 or 128 bits.
unsigned typeSize = static_cast<unsigned>(S.Context.getTypeSize(CurType));
unsigned numElts = static_cast<unsigned>(numEltsInt.getZExtValue());
unsigned vecSize = typeSize * numElts;
if (vecSize != 64 && vecSize != 128) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_bad_neon_vector_size) << CurType;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

CurType = S.Context.getVectorType(CurType, numElts, VecKind);
7873}

7875/// HandleArmSveVectorBitsTypeAttr - The "arm_sve_vector_bits" attribute is
7876/// used to create fixed-length versions of sizeless SVE types defined by
7877/// the ACLE, such as svint32_t and svbool_t.
7878static void HandleArmSveVectorBitsTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, ParsedAttr &Attr,
                                         Sema &S) {
// Target must have SVE.
if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sve")) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_unsupported) << Attr << "'sve'";
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

// Attribute is unsupported if '-msve-vector-bits=<bits>' isn't specified.
if (!S.getLangOpts().ArmSveVectorBits) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_arm_feature_sve_bits_unsupported)
      << Attr;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

// Check the attribute arguments.
if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments)
      << Attr << 1;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

// The vector size must be an integer constant expression.
llvm::APSInt SveVectorSizeInBits(32);
if (!verifyValidIntegerConstantExpr(S, Attr, SveVectorSizeInBits))
  return;

unsigned VecSize = static_cast<unsigned>(SveVectorSizeInBits.getZExtValue());

// The attribute vector size must match -msve-vector-bits.
if (VecSize != S.getLangOpts().ArmSveVectorBits) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_bad_sve_vector_size)
      << VecSize << S.getLangOpts().ArmSveVectorBits;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

// Attribute can only be attached to a single SVE vector or predicate type.
if (!CurType->isVLSTBuiltinType()) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_sve_type)
      << Attr << CurType;
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

const auto *BT = CurType->castAs<BuiltinType>();

QualType EltType = CurType->getSveEltType(S.Context);
unsigned TypeSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(EltType);
VectorType::VectorKind VecKind = VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector;
if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::SveBool) {
  // Predicates are represented as i8.
  VecSize /= S.Context.getCharWidth() * S.Context.getCharWidth();
  VecKind = VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector;
} else
  VecSize /= TypeSize;
CurType = S.Context.getVectorType(EltType, VecSize, VecKind);
7938}

7940static void HandleArmMveStrictPolymorphismAttr(TypeProcessingState &State,
                                             QualType &CurType,
                                             ParsedAttr &Attr) {
const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(CurType);
if (!VT || VT->getVectorKind() != VectorType::NeonVector) {
  State.getSema().Diag(Attr.getLoc(),
                       diag::err_attribute_arm_mve_polymorphism);
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

CurType =
    State.getAttributedType(createSimpleAttr<ArmMveStrictPolymorphismAttr>(
                                State.getSema().Context, Attr),
                            CurType, CurType);
7955}

7957/// Handle OpenCL Access Qualifier Attribute.
7958static void HandleOpenCLAccessAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr,
                                 Sema &S) {
// OpenCL v2.0 s6.6 - Access qualifier can be used only for image and pipe type.
if (!(CurType->isImageType() || CurType->isPipeType())) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_access_qualifier);
  Attr.setInvalid();
  return;
}

if (const TypedefType* TypedefTy = CurType->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
  QualType BaseTy = TypedefTy->desugar();

  std::string PrevAccessQual;
  if (BaseTy->isPipeType()) {
    if (TypedefTy->getDecl()->hasAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>()) {
      OpenCLAccessAttr *Attr =
          TypedefTy->getDecl()->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
      PrevAccessQual = Attr->getSpelling();
    } else {
      PrevAccessQual = "read_only";
    }
  } else if (const BuiltinType* ImgType = BaseTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {

    switch (ImgType->getKind()) {
      #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
    case BuiltinType::Id:                                          \
      PrevAccessQual = #Access;                                    \
      break;
      #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
    default:
      llvm_unreachable("Unable to find corresponding image type.")__builtin_unreachable();
    }
  } else {
    llvm_unreachable("unexpected type")__builtin_unreachable();
  }
  StringRef AttrName = Attr.getAttrName()->getName();
  if (PrevAccessQual == AttrName.ltrim("_")) {
    // Duplicated qualifiers
    S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_declspec)
       << AttrName << Attr.getRange();
  } else {
    // Contradicting qualifiers
    S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_multiple_access_qualifiers);
  }

  S.Diag(TypedefTy->getDecl()->getBeginLoc(),
         diag::note_opencl_typedef_access_qualifier) << PrevAccessQual;
} else if (CurType->isPipeType()) {
  if (Attr.getSemanticSpelling() == OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_write_only) {
    QualType ElemType = CurType->castAs<PipeType>()->getElementType();
    CurType = S.Context.getWritePipeType(ElemType);
  }
}
8011}

8013/// HandleMatrixTypeAttr - "matrix_type" attribute, like ext_vector_type
8014static void HandleMatrixTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr,
                               Sema &S) {
if (!S.getLangOpts().MatrixTypes) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_builtin_matrix_disabled);
  return;
}

if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 2) {
  S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments)
      << Attr << 2;
  return;
}

Expr *RowsExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0);
Expr *ColsExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(1);
QualType T = S.BuildMatrixType(CurType, RowsExpr, ColsExpr, Attr.getLoc());
if (!T.isNull())
  CurType = T;
8032}

8034static void HandleLifetimeBoundAttr(TypeProcessingState &State,
                                  QualType &CurType,
                                  ParsedAttr &Attr) {
if (State.getDeclarator().isDeclarationOfFunction()) {
  CurType = State.getAttributedType(
      createSimpleAttr<LifetimeBoundAttr>(State.getSema().Context, Attr),
      CurType, CurType);
}
8042}

8044static bool isAddressSpaceKind(const ParsedAttr &attr) {
auto attrKind = attr.getKind();

return attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace ||
       attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLPrivateAddressSpace ||
       attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalAddressSpace ||
       attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalDeviceAddressSpace ||
       attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalHostAddressSpace ||
       attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLLocalAddressSpace ||
       attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLConstantAddressSpace ||
       attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGenericAddressSpace;
8055}

8057static void processTypeAttrs(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType &type,
                           TypeAttrLocation TAL,
                           ParsedAttributesView &attrs) {
// Scan through and apply attributes to this type where it makes sense.  Some
// attributes (such as __address_space__, __vector_size__, etc) apply to the
// type, but others can be present in the type specifiers even though they
// apply to the decl.  Here we apply type attributes and ignore the rest.

// This loop modifies the list pretty frequently, but we still need to make
// sure we visit every element once. Copy the attributes list, and iterate
// over that.
ParsedAttributesView AttrsCopy{attrs};

state.setParsedNoDeref(false);

for (ParsedAttr &attr : AttrsCopy) {

  // Skip attributes that were marked to be invalid.
  if (attr.isInvalid())
    continue;

  if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax()) {
    // [[gnu::...]] attributes are treated as declaration attributes, so may
    // not appertain to a DeclaratorChunk. If we handle them as type
    // attributes, accept them in that position and diagnose the GCC
    // incompatibility.
    if (attr.isGNUScope()) {
      bool IsTypeAttr = attr.isTypeAttr();
      if (TAL == TAL_DeclChunk) {
        state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(),
                             IsTypeAttr
                                 ? diag::warn_gcc_ignores_type_attr
                                 : diag::warn_cxx11_gnu_attribute_on_type)
            << attr;
        if (!IsTypeAttr)
          continue;
      }
    } else if (TAL != TAL_DeclChunk && !isAddressSpaceKind(attr)) {
      // Otherwise, only consider type processing for a C++11 attribute if
      // it's actually been applied to a type.
      // We also allow C++11 address_space and
      // OpenCL language address space attributes to pass through.
      continue;
    }
  }

  // If this is an attribute we can handle, do so now,
  // otherwise, add it to the FnAttrs list for rechaining.
  switch (attr.getKind()) {
  default:
    // A [[]] attribute on a declarator chunk must appertain to a type.
    if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax() && TAL == TAL_DeclChunk) {
      state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_type_attr)
          << attr;
      attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    }
    break;

  case ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute:
    if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax() && TAL == TAL_DeclChunk)
      state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(),
                           diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored)
          << attr << attr.getRange();
    break;

  case ParsedAttr::IgnoredAttribute:
    break;

  case ParsedAttr::AT_MayAlias:
    // FIXME: This attribute needs to actually be handled, but if we ignore
    // it it breaks large amounts of Linux software.
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLPrivateAddressSpace:
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalAddressSpace:
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalDeviceAddressSpace:
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalHostAddressSpace:
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLLocalAddressSpace:
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLConstantAddressSpace:
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGenericAddressSpace:
  case ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace:
    HandleAddressSpaceTypeAttribute(type, attr, state);
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  OBJC_POINTER_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership:
    if (!handleObjCPointerTypeAttr(state, attr, type))
      distributeObjCPointerTypeAttr(state, attr, type);
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorSize:
    HandleVectorSizeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema());
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_ExtVectorType:
    HandleExtVectorTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema());
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_NeonVectorType:
    HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema(),
                             VectorType::NeonVector);
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_NeonPolyVectorType:
    HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema(),
                             VectorType::NeonPolyVector);
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_ArmSveVectorBits:
    HandleArmSveVectorBitsTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema());
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_ArmMveStrictPolymorphism: {
    HandleArmMveStrictPolymorphismAttr(state, type, attr);
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  }
  case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLAccess:
    HandleOpenCLAccessAttr(type, attr, state.getSema());
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_LifetimeBound:
    if (TAL == TAL_DeclChunk)
      HandleLifetimeBoundAttr(state, type, attr);
    break;

  case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDeref: {
    ASTContext &Ctx = state.getSema().Context;
    type = state.getAttributedType(createSimpleAttr<NoDerefAttr>(Ctx, attr),
                                   type, type);
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    state.setParsedNoDeref(true);
    break;
  }

  case ParsedAttr::AT_MatrixType:
    HandleMatrixTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema());
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;

  MS_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: case ParsedAttr
::AT_SPtr: case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr:
    if (!handleMSPointerTypeQualifierAttr(state, attr, type))
      attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;


  NULLABILITY_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable
: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified:
    // Either add nullability here or try to distribute it.  We
    // don't want to distribute the nullability specifier past any
    // dependent type, because that complicates the user model.
    if (type->canHaveNullability() || type->isDependentType() ||
        type->isArrayType() ||
        !distributeNullabilityTypeAttr(state, type, attr)) {
      unsigned endIndex;
      if (TAL == TAL_DeclChunk)
        endIndex = state.getCurrentChunkIndex();
      else
        endIndex = state.getDeclarator().getNumTypeObjects();
      bool allowOnArrayType =
          state.getDeclarator().isPrototypeContext() &&
          !hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(state.getDeclarator(), endIndex);
      if (checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(
            state,
            type,
            attr,
            allowOnArrayType)) {
        attr.setInvalid();
      }

      attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    }
    break;

  case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCKindOf:
    // '__kindof' must be part of the decl-specifiers.
    switch (TAL) {
    case TAL_DeclSpec:
      break;

    case TAL_DeclChunk:
    case TAL_DeclName:
      state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(),
                           diag::err_objc_kindof_wrong_position)
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(attr.getLoc())
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
                 state.getDeclarator().getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(),
                 "__kindof ");
      break;
    }

    // Apply it regardless.
    if (checkObjCKindOfType(state, type, attr))
      attr.setInvalid();
    break;

  case ParsedAttr::AT_NoThrow:
  // Exception Specifications aren't generally supported in C mode throughout
  // clang, so revert to attribute-based handling for C.
    if (!state.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
      break;
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
  FUNCTION_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn
: case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm: case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: case ParsedAttr
::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr
::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::
AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal
: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall
: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs
: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case
 ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr
::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll:
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();

    // Never process function type attributes as part of the
    // declaration-specifiers.
    if (TAL == TAL_DeclSpec)
      distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclSpec(state, attr, type);

    // Otherwise, handle the possible delays.
    else if (!handleFunctionTypeAttr(state, attr, type))
      distributeFunctionTypeAttr(state, attr, type);
    break;
  case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquireHandle: {
    if (!type->isFunctionType())
      return;

    if (attr.getNumArgs() != 1) {
      state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(),
                           diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments)
          << attr << 1;
      attr.setInvalid();
      return;
    }

    StringRef HandleType;
    if (!state.getSema().checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(attr, 0, HandleType))
      return;
    type = state.getAttributedType(
        AcquireHandleAttr::Create(state.getSema().Context, HandleType, attr),
        type, type);
    attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr();
    break;
  }
  }

  // Handle attributes that are defined in a macro. We do not want this to be
  // applied to ObjC builtin attributes.
  if (isa<AttributedType>(type) && attr.hasMacroIdentifier() &&
      !type.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime() &&
      !type.getQualifiers().hasObjCGCAttr() &&
      attr.getKind() != ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC &&
      attr.getKind() != ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) {
    const IdentifierInfo *MacroII = attr.getMacroIdentifier();
    type = state.getSema().Context.getMacroQualifiedType(type, MacroII);
    state.setExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(
        cast<MacroQualifiedType>(type.getTypePtr()),
        attr.getMacroExpansionLoc());
  }
}

if (!state.getSema().getLangOpts().OpenCL ||
    type.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default)
  return;
8310}

8312void Sema::completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E) {
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
  if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
    if (isTemplateInstantiation(Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) {
      auto *Def = Var->getDefinition();
      if (!Def) {
        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = E->getExprLoc();
        runWithSufficientStackSpace(PointOfInstantiation, [&] {
          InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
        });
        Def = Var->getDefinition();

        // If we don't already have a point of instantiation, and we managed
        // to instantiate a definition, this is the point of instantiation.
        // Otherwise, we don't request an end-of-TU instantiation, so this is
        // not a point of instantiation.
        // FIXME: Is this really the right behavior?
        if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() && Def) {
          assert(Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==((void)0)
                     TSK_ImplicitInstantiation &&((void)0)
                 "explicit instantiation with no point of instantiation")((void)0);
          Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(
              Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind(), PointOfInstantiation);
        }
      }

      // Update the type to the definition's type both here and within the
      // expression.
      if (Def) {
        DRE->setDecl(Def);
        QualType T = Def->getType();
        DRE->setType(T);
        // FIXME: Update the type on all intervening expressions.
        E->setType(T);
      }

      // We still go on to try to complete the type independently, as it
      // may also require instantiations or diagnostics if it remains
      // incomplete.
    }
  }
}
8354}

8356QualType Sema::getCompletedType(Expr *E) {
// Incomplete array types may be completed by the initializer attached to
// their definitions. For static data members of class templates and for
// variable templates, we need to instantiate the definition to get this
// initializer and complete the type.
if (E->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType())
  completeExprArrayBound(E);

// FIXME: Are there other cases which require instantiating something other
// than the type to complete the type of an expression?

return E->getType();
8368}

8370/// Ensure that the type of the given expression is complete.
8371///
8372/// This routine checks whether the expression \p E has a complete type. If the
8373/// expression refers to an instantiable construct, that instantiation is
8374/// performed as needed to complete its type. Furthermore
8375/// Sema::RequireCompleteType is called for the expression's type (or in the
8376/// case of a reference type, the referred-to type).
8377///
8378/// \param E The expression whose type is required to be complete.
8379/// \param Kind Selects which completeness rules should be applied.
8380/// \param Diagnoser The object that will emit a diagnostic if the type is
8381/// incomplete.
8382///
8383/// \returns \c true if the type of \p E is incomplete and diagnosed, \c false
8384/// otherwise.
8385bool Sema::RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind,
                                 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) {
return RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), getCompletedType(E), Kind,
                           Diagnoser);
8389}

8391bool Sema::RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID) {
BoundTypeDiagnoser<> Diagnoser(DiagID);
return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser);
8394}

8396/// Ensure that the type T is a complete type.
8397///
8398/// This routine checks whether the type @p T is complete in any
8399/// context where a complete type is required. If @p T is a complete
8400/// type, returns false. If @p T is a class template specialization,
8401/// this routine then attempts to perform class template
8402/// instantiation. If instantiation fails, or if @p T is incomplete
8403/// and cannot be completed, issues the diagnostic @p diag (giving it
8404/// the type @p T) and returns true.
8405///
8406/// @param Loc  The location in the source that the incomplete type
8407/// diagnostic should refer to.
8408///
8409/// @param T  The type that this routine is examining for completeness.
8410///
8411/// @param Kind Selects which completeness rules should be applied.
8412///
8413/// @returns @c true if @p T is incomplete and a diagnostic was emitted,
8414/// @c false otherwise.
8415bool Sema::RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                             CompleteTypeKind Kind,
                             TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) {
if (RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, &Diagnoser))
  return true;
if (const TagType *Tag = T->getAs<TagType>()) {
  if (!Tag->getDecl()->isCompleteDefinitionRequired()) {
    Tag->getDecl()->setCompleteDefinitionRequired();
    Consumer.HandleTagDeclRequiredDefinition(Tag->getDecl());
  }
}
return false;
8427}

8429bool Sema::hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested) {
llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, Decl *>> NonEquivalentDecls;
if (!Suggested)
  return false;

// FIXME: Add a specific mode for C11 6.2.7/1 in StructuralEquivalenceContext
// and isolate from other C++ specific checks.
StructuralEquivalenceContext Ctx(
    D->getASTContext(), Suggested->getASTContext(), NonEquivalentDecls,
    StructuralEquivalenceKind::Default,
    false /*StrictTypeSpelling*/, true /*Complain*/,
    true /*ErrorOnTagTypeMismatch*/);
return Ctx.IsEquivalent(D, Suggested);
8442}

8444/// Determine whether there is any declaration of \p D that was ever a
8445///        definition (perhaps before module merging) and is currently visible.
8446/// \param D The definition of the entity.
8447/// \param Suggested Filled in with the declaration that should be made visible
8448///        in order to provide a definition of this entity.
8449/// \param OnlyNeedComplete If \c true, we only need the type to be complete,
8450///        not defined. This only matters for enums with a fixed underlying
8451///        type, since in all other cases, a type is complete if and only if it
8452///        is defined.
8453bool Sema::hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
                              bool OnlyNeedComplete) {
// Easy case: if we don't have modules, all declarations are visible.
if (!getLangOpts().Modules && !getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
  return true;

// If this definition was instantiated from a template, map back to the
// pattern from which it was instantiated.
if (isa<TagDecl>(D) && cast<TagDecl>(D)->isBeingDefined()) {
  // We're in the middle of defining it; this definition should be treated
  // as visible.
  return true;
} else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
  if (auto *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
    RD = Pattern;
  D = RD->getDefinition();
} else if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
  if (auto *Pattern = ED->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
    ED = Pattern;
  if (OnlyNeedComplete && (ED->isFixed() || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)) {
    // If the enum has a fixed underlying type, it may have been forward
    // declared. In -fms-compatibility, `enum Foo;` will also forward declare
    // the enum and assign it the underlying type of `int`. Since we're only
    // looking for a complete type (not a definition), any visible declaration
    // of it will do.
    *Suggested = nullptr;
    for (auto *Redecl : ED->redecls()) {
      if (isVisible(Redecl))
        return true;
      if (Redecl->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ||
          (Redecl->isCanonicalDecl() && !*Suggested))
        *Suggested = Redecl;
    }
    return false;
  }
  D = ED->getDefinition();
} else if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
  if (auto *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
    FD = Pattern;
  D = FD->getDefinition();
} else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
  if (auto *Pattern = VD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
    VD = Pattern;
  D = VD->getDefinition();
}
assert(D && "missing definition for pattern of instantiated definition")((void)0);

*Suggested = D;

auto DefinitionIsVisible = [&] {
  // The (primary) definition might be in a visible module.
  if (isVisible(D))
    return true;

  // A visible module might have a merged definition instead.
  if (D->isModulePrivate() ? hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(D)
                           : hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)) {
    if (CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
        !getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
      // Cache the fact that this definition is implicitly visible because
      // there is a visible merged definition.
      D->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
    }
    return true;
  }

  return false;
};

if (DefinitionIsVisible())
  return true;

// The external source may have additional definitions of this entity that are
// visible, so complete the redeclaration chain now and ask again.
if (auto *Source = Context.getExternalSource()) {
  Source->CompleteRedeclChain(D);
  return DefinitionIsVisible();
}

return false;
8533}

8535/// Locks in the inheritance model for the given class and all of its bases.
8536static void assignInheritanceModel(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
RD = RD->getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl();
if (!RD->hasAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) {
  MSInheritanceModel IM;
  bool BestCase = false;
  switch (S.MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod) {
  case LangOptions::PPTMK_BestCase:
    BestCase = true;
    IM = RD->calculateInheritanceModel();
    break;
  case LangOptions::PPTMK_FullGeneralitySingleInheritance:
    IM = MSInheritanceModel::Single;
    break;
  case LangOptions::PPTMK_FullGeneralityMultipleInheritance:
    IM = MSInheritanceModel::Multiple;
    break;
  case LangOptions::PPTMK_FullGeneralityVirtualInheritance:
    IM = MSInheritanceModel::Unspecified;
    break;
  }

  SourceRange Loc = S.ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc.isValid()
                        ? S.ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc
                        : RD->getSourceRange();
  RD->addAttr(MSInheritanceAttr::CreateImplicit(
      S.getASTContext(), BestCase, Loc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Microsoft,
      MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling(IM)));
  S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(RD);
}
8565}

8567/// The implementation of RequireCompleteType
8568bool Sema::RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                                 CompleteTypeKind Kind,
                                 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser) {
// FIXME: Add this assertion to make sure we always get instantiation points.
//  assert(!Loc.isInvalid() && "Invalid location in RequireCompleteType");
// FIXME: Add this assertion to help us flush out problems with
// checking for dependent types and type-dependent expressions.
//
//  assert(!T->isDependentType() &&
//         "Can't ask whether a dependent type is complete");

if (const MemberPointerType *MPTy = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
  if (!MPTy->getClass()->isDependentType()) {
    if (getLangOpts().CompleteMemberPointers &&
        !MPTy->getClass()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->isBeingDefined() &&
        RequireCompleteType(Loc, QualType(MPTy->getClass(), 0), Kind,
                            diag::err_memptr_incomplete))
      return true;

    // We lock in the inheritance model once somebody has asked us to ensure
    // that a pointer-to-member type is complete.
    if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
      (void)isCompleteType(Loc, QualType(MPTy->getClass(), 0));
      assignInheritanceModel(*this, MPTy->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl());
    }
  }
}

NamedDecl *Def = nullptr;
bool AcceptSizeless = (Kind == CompleteTypeKind::AcceptSizeless);
bool Incomplete = (T->isIncompleteType(&Def) ||
                   (!AcceptSizeless && T->isSizelessBuiltinType()));

// Check that any necessary explicit specializations are visible. For an
// enum, we just need the declaration, so don't check this.
if (Def && !isa<EnumDecl>(Def))
  checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Def);

// If we have a complete type, we're done.
if (!Incomplete) {
  // If we know about the definition but it is not visible, complain.
  NamedDecl *SuggestedDef = nullptr;
  if (Def &&
      !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &SuggestedDef, /*OnlyNeedComplete*/true)) {
    // If the user is going to see an error here, recover by making the
    // definition visible.
    bool TreatAsComplete = Diagnoser && !isSFINAEContext();
    if (Diagnoser && SuggestedDef)
      diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, SuggestedDef, MissingImportKind::Definition,
                            /*Recover*/TreatAsComplete);
    return !TreatAsComplete;
  } else if (Def && !TemplateInstCallbacks.empty()) {
    CodeSynthesisContext TempInst;
    TempInst.Kind = CodeSynthesisContext::Memoization;
    TempInst.Template = Def;
    TempInst.Entity = Def;
    TempInst.PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
    atTemplateBegin(TemplateInstCallbacks, *this, TempInst);
    atTemplateEnd(TemplateInstCallbacks, *this, TempInst);
  }

  return false;
}

TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(Def);
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Def);

// Give the external source a chance to provide a definition of the type.
// This is kept separate from completing the redeclaration chain so that
// external sources such as LLDB can avoid synthesizing a type definition
// unless it's actually needed.
if (Tag || IFace) {
  // Avoid diagnosing invalid decls as incomplete.
  if (Def->isInvalidDecl())
    return true;

  // Give the external AST source a chance to complete the type.
  if (auto *Source = Context.getExternalSource()) {
    if (Tag && Tag->hasExternalLexicalStorage())
        Source->CompleteType(Tag);
    if (IFace && IFace->hasExternalLexicalStorage())
        Source->CompleteType(IFace);
    // If the external source completed the type, go through the motions
    // again to ensure we're allowed to use the completed type.
    if (!T->isIncompleteType())
      return RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, Diagnoser);
  }
}

// If we have a class template specialization or a class member of a
// class template specialization, or an array with known size of such,
// try to instantiate it.
if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
  bool Instantiated = false;
  bool Diagnosed = false;
  if (RD->isDependentContext()) {
    // Don't try to instantiate a dependent class (eg, a member template of
    // an instantiated class template specialization).
    // FIXME: Can this ever happen?
  } else if (auto *ClassTemplateSpec =
          dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
    if (ClassTemplateSpec->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared) {
      runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] {
        Diagnosed = InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(
            Loc, ClassTemplateSpec, TSK_ImplicitInstantiation,
            /*Complain=*/Diagnoser);
      });
      Instantiated = true;
    }
  } else {
    CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getInstantiatedFromMemberClass();
    if (!RD->isBeingDefined() && Pattern) {
      MemberSpecializationInfo *MSI = RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
      assert(MSI && "Missing member specialization information?")((void)0);
      // This record was instantiated from a class within a template.
      if (MSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
          TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
        runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] {
          Diagnosed = InstantiateClass(Loc, RD, Pattern,
                                       getTemplateInstantiationArgs(RD),
                                       TSK_ImplicitInstantiation,
                                       /*Complain=*/Diagnoser);
        });
        Instantiated = true;
      }
    }
  }

  if (Instantiated) {
    // Instantiate* might have already complained that the template is not
    // defined, if we asked it to.
    if (Diagnoser && Diagnosed)
      return true;
    // If we instantiated a definition, check that it's usable, even if
    // instantiation produced an error, so that repeated calls to this
    // function give consistent answers.
    if (!T->isIncompleteType())
      return RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, Diagnoser);
  }
}

// FIXME: If we didn't instantiate a definition because of an explicit
// specialization declaration, check that it's visible.

if (!Diagnoser)
  return true;

Diagnoser->diagnose(*this, Loc, T);

// If the type was a forward declaration of a class/struct/union
// type, produce a note.
if (Tag && !Tag->isInvalidDecl() && !Tag->getLocation().isInvalid())
  Diag(Tag->getLocation(),
       Tag->isBeingDefined() ? diag::note_type_being_defined
                             : diag::note_forward_declaration)
    << Context.getTagDeclType(Tag);

// If the Objective-C class was a forward declaration, produce a note.
if (IFace && !IFace->isInvalidDecl() && !IFace->getLocation().isInvalid())
  Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_class);

// If we have external information that we can use to suggest a fix,
// produce a note.
if (ExternalSource)
  ExternalSource->MaybeDiagnoseMissingCompleteType(Loc, T);

return true;
8735}

8737bool Sema::RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                             CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID) {
BoundTypeDiagnoser<> Diagnoser(DiagID);
return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Kind, Diagnoser);
8741}

8743/// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
8744/// literal type diagnostic message.
8745/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
8746///
8747/// \returns diagnostic %select index.
8748static unsigned getLiteralDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
switch (Tag) {
case TTK_Struct: return 0;
case TTK_Interface: return 1;
case TTK_Class:  return 2;
default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for literal type diagnostic!")__builtin_unreachable();
}
8755}

8757/// Ensure that the type T is a literal type.
8758///
8759/// This routine checks whether the type @p T is a literal type. If @p T is an
8760/// incomplete type, an attempt is made to complete it. If @p T is a literal
8761/// type, or @p AllowIncompleteType is true and @p T is an incomplete type,
8762/// returns false. Otherwise, this routine issues the diagnostic @p PD (giving
8763/// it the type @p T), along with notes explaining why the type is not a
8764/// literal type, and returns true.
8765///
8766/// @param Loc  The location in the source that the non-literal type
8767/// diagnostic should refer to.
8768///
8769/// @param T  The type that this routine is examining for literalness.
8770///
8771/// @param Diagnoser Emits a diagnostic if T is not a literal type.
8772///
8773/// @returns @c true if @p T is not a literal type and a diagnostic was emitted,
8774/// @c false otherwise.
8775bool Sema::RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) {
assert(!T->isDependentType() && "type should not be dependent")((void)0);

QualType ElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
if ((isCompleteType(Loc, ElemType) || ElemType->isVoidType()) &&
    T->isLiteralType(Context))
  return false;

Diagnoser.diagnose(*this, Loc, T);

if (T->isVariableArrayType())
  return true;

const RecordType *RT = ElemType->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return true;

const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());

// A partially-defined class type can't be a literal type, because a literal
// class type must have a trivial destructor (which can't be checked until
// the class definition is complete).
if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ElemType, diag::note_non_literal_incomplete, T))
  return true;

// [expr.prim.lambda]p3:
//   This class type is [not] a literal type.
if (RD->isLambda() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
  Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_lambda);
  return true;
}

// If the class has virtual base classes, then it's not an aggregate, and
// cannot have any constexpr constructors or a trivial default constructor,
// so is non-literal. This is better to diagnose than the resulting absence
// of constexpr constructors.
if (RD->getNumVBases()) {
  Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_virtual_base)
    << getLiteralDiagFromTagKind(RD->getTagKind()) << RD->getNumVBases();
  for (const auto &I : RD->vbases())
    Diag(I.getBeginLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base_here)
        << I.getSourceRange();
} else if (!RD->isAggregate() && !RD->hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() &&
           !RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
  Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_no_constexpr_ctors) << RD;
} else if (RD->hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases()) {
  for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) {
    if (!I.getType()->isLiteralType(Context)) {
      Diag(I.getBeginLoc(), diag::note_non_literal_base_class)
          << RD << I.getType() << I.getSourceRange();
      return true;
    }
  }
  for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) {
    if (!I->getType()->isLiteralType(Context) ||
        I->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
      Diag(I->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_field)
        << RD << I << I->getType()
        << I->getType().isVolatileQualified();
      return true;
    }
  }
} else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ? !RD->hasConstexprDestructor()
                                     : !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) {
  // All fields and bases are of literal types, so have trivial or constexpr
  // destructors. If this class's destructor is non-trivial / non-constexpr,
  // it must be user-declared.
  CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = RD->getDestructor();
  assert(Dtor && "class has literal fields and bases but no dtor?")((void)0);
  if (!Dtor)
    return true;

  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
    Diag(Dtor->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_non_constexpr_dtor)
        << RD;
  } else {
    Diag(Dtor->getLocation(), Dtor->isUserProvided()
                                  ? diag::note_non_literal_user_provided_dtor
                                  : diag::note_non_literal_nontrivial_dtor)
        << RD;
    if (!Dtor->isUserProvided())
      SpecialMemberIsTrivial(Dtor, CXXDestructor, TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI,
                             /*Diagnose*/ true);
  }
}

return true;
8863}

8865bool Sema::RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) {
BoundTypeDiagnoser<> Diagnoser(DiagID);
return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
8868}

8870/// Retrieve a version of the type 'T' that is elaborated by Keyword, qualified
8871/// by the nested-name-specifier contained in SS, and that is (re)declared by
8872/// OwnedTagDecl, which is nullptr if this is not a (re)declaration.
8873QualType Sema::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T,
                               TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
if (T.isNull())
  return T;
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
if (SS.isValid())
  NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
else {
  if (Keyword == ETK_None)
    return T;
  NNS = nullptr;
}
return Context.getElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, T, OwnedTagDecl);
8887}

8889QualType Sema::BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType() && "unexpected placeholder")((void)0);

if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->refersToBitField())
  Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 2;

if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
  QualType T = E->getType();
  if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>())
    DiagnoseUseOfDecl(TT->getDecl(), E->getExprLoc());
}
return Context.getTypeOfExprType(E);
8901}

8903/// getDecltypeForParenthesizedExpr - Given an expr, will return the type for
8904/// that expression, as in [dcl.type.simple]p4 but without taking id-expressions
8905/// and class member access into account.
8906QualType Sema::getDecltypeForParenthesizedExpr(Expr *E) {
// C++11 [dcl.type.simple]p4:
//   [...]
QualType T = E->getType();
switch (E->getValueKind()) {
//     - otherwise, if e is an xvalue, decltype(e) is T&&, where T is the
//       type of e;
case VK_XValue:
  return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T);
//     - otherwise, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is T&, where T is the
//       type of e;
case VK_LValue:
  return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
//  - otherwise, decltype(e) is the type of e.
case VK_PRValue:
  return T;
}
llvm_unreachable("Unknown value kind")__builtin_unreachable();
8924}

8926/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for
8927/// that expression, according to the rules in C++11
8928/// [dcl.type.simple]p4 and C++11 [expr.lambda.prim]p18.
8929static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
if (E->isTypeDependent())
  return S.Context.DependentTy;

Expr *IDExpr = E;
if (auto *ImplCastExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
  IDExpr = ImplCastExpr->getSubExpr();

// C++11 [dcl.type.simple]p4:
//   The type denoted by decltype(e) is defined as follows:

// C++20:
//     - if E is an unparenthesized id-expression naming a non-type
//       template-parameter (13.2), decltype(E) is the type of the
//       template-parameter after performing any necessary type deduction
// Note that this does not pick up the implicit 'const' for a template
// parameter object. This rule makes no difference before C++20 so we apply
// it unconditionally.
if (const auto *SNTTPE = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(IDExpr))
  return SNTTPE->getParameterType(S.Context);

//     - if e is an unparenthesized id-expression or an unparenthesized class
//       member access (5.2.5), decltype(e) is the type of the entity named
//       by e. If there is no such entity, or if e names a set of overloaded
//       functions, the program is ill-formed;
//
// We apply the same rules for Objective-C ivar and property references.
if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(IDExpr)) {
  const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
  if (auto *TPO = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(VD))
    return TPO->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
  return VD->getType();
} else if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(IDExpr)) {
  if (const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl())
    if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD))
      return VD->getType();
} else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *IR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(IDExpr)) {
  return IR->getDecl()->getType();
} else if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PR =
               dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(IDExpr)) {
  if (PR->isExplicitProperty())
    return PR->getExplicitProperty()->getType();
} else if (auto *PE = dyn_cast<PredefinedExpr>(IDExpr)) {
  return PE->getType();
}

// C++11 [expr.lambda.prim]p18:
//   Every occurrence of decltype((x)) where x is a possibly
//   parenthesized id-expression that names an entity of automatic
//   storage duration is treated as if x were transformed into an
//   access to a corresponding data member of the closure type that
//   would have been declared if x were an odr-use of the denoted
//   entity.
using namespace sema;
if (S.getCurLambda()) {
  if (isa<ParenExpr>(IDExpr)) {
    if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(IDExpr->IgnoreParens())) {
      if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
        QualType T = S.getCapturedDeclRefType(Var, DRE->getLocation());
        if (!T.isNull())
          return S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
      }
    }
  }
}

return S.getDecltypeForParenthesizedExpr(E);
8996}

8998QualType Sema::BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
                               bool AsUnevaluated) {
assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType() && "unexpected placeholder")((void)0);

if (AsUnevaluated && CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
    !E->isInstantiationDependent() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
  // The expression operand for decltype is in an unevaluated expression
  // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
  // Exclude instantiation-dependent expressions, because 'decltype' is often
  // used to build SFINAE gadgets.
  Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
}

return Context.getDecltypeType(E, getDecltypeForExpr(*this, E));
9012}

9014QualType Sema::BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
                                     UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
                                     SourceLocation Loc) {
switch (UKind) {
case UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType:
  if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && !BaseType->isEnumeralType()) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_only_enums_have_underlying_types);
    return QualType();
  } else {
    QualType Underlying = BaseType;
    if (!BaseType->isDependentType()) {
      // The enum could be incomplete if we're parsing its definition or
      // recovering from an error.
      NamedDecl *FwdDecl = nullptr;
      if (BaseType->isIncompleteType(&FwdDecl)) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_underlying_type_of_incomplete_enum) << BaseType;
        Diag(FwdDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_declaration) << FwdDecl;
        return QualType();
      }

      EnumDecl *ED = BaseType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
      assert(ED && "EnumType has no EnumDecl")((void)0);

      DiagnoseUseOfDecl(ED, Loc);

      Underlying = ED->getIntegerType();
      assert(!Underlying.isNull())((void)0);
    }
    return Context.getUnaryTransformType(BaseType, Underlying,
                                      UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType);
  }
}
llvm_unreachable("unknown unary transform type")__builtin_unreachable();
9047}

9049QualType Sema::BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) {
if (!T->isDependentType()) {
  // FIXME: It isn't entirely clear whether incomplete atomic types
  // are allowed or not; for simplicity, ban them for the moment.
  if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, diag::err_atomic_specifier_bad_type, 0))
    return QualType();

  int DisallowedKind = -1;
  if (T->isArrayType())
    DisallowedKind = 1;
  else if (T->isFunctionType())
    DisallowedKind = 2;
  else if (T->isReferenceType())
    DisallowedKind = 3;
  else if (T->isAtomicType())
    DisallowedKind = 4;
  else if (T.hasQualifiers())
    DisallowedKind = 5;
  else if (T->isSizelessType())
    DisallowedKind = 6;
  else if (!T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context))
    // Some other non-trivially-copyable type (probably a C++ class)
    DisallowedKind = 7;
  else if (T->isExtIntType()) {
      DisallowedKind = 8;
  }

  if (DisallowedKind != -1) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_atomic_specifier_bad_type) << DisallowedKind << T;
    return QualType();
  }

  // FIXME: Do we need any handling for ARC here?
}

// Build the pointer type.
return Context.getAtomicType(T);
9086}

←

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h

1//===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// C Language Family Type Representation
11///
12/// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
13/// represent types for languages in the C family.
14//
15//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

17#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
18#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

20#include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h"
21#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
22#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
23#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
24#include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
25#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
33#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
34#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
45#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
46#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
47#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
48#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
49#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
50#include <cassert>
51#include <cstddef>
52#include <cstdint>
53#include <cstring>
54#include <string>
55#include <type_traits>
56#include <utility>

58namespace clang {

60class ExtQuals;
61class QualType;
62class ConceptDecl;
63class TagDecl;
64class TemplateParameterList;
65class Type;

67enum {
TypeAlignmentInBits = 4,
TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits
70};

72namespace serialization {
template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter;
75}

77} // namespace clang

79namespace llvm {

template <typename T>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
  }

  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits;
};

template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
  }

  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits;
};

105} // namespace llvm

107namespace clang {

109class ASTContext;
110template <typename> class CanQual;
111class CXXRecordDecl;
112class DeclContext;
113class EnumDecl;
114class Expr;
115class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
116class FunctionDecl;
117class IdentifierInfo;
118class NamedDecl;
119class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
120class ObjCProtocolDecl;
121class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
122struct PrintingPolicy;
123class RecordDecl;
124class Stmt;
125class TagDecl;
126class TemplateArgument;
127class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
128class TemplateArgumentLoc;
129class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
130class TypedefNameDecl;
131class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;

133using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;

135// Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes.
136#define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
137#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

139/// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
140/// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
141/// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
142/// * MS: __unaligned
143/// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
144/// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
145class Qualifiers {
146public:
enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
  Const    = 0x1,
  Restrict = 0x2,
  Volatile = 0x4,
  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
};

enum GC {
  GCNone = 0,
  Weak,
  Strong
};

enum ObjCLifetime {
  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
  OCL_None,

  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
  /// releases.
  OCL_ExplicitNone,

  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
  /// released and the new value to be retained.  The timing of the
  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
  /// live.
  OCL_Strong,

  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
  OCL_Weak,

  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
  OCL_Autoreleasing
};

enum {
  /// The maximum supported address space number.
  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,

  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
  FastWidth = 3,

  /// The fast qualifier mask.
  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
};

/// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
/// the given sets.
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) {
  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
    Qualifiers Q;
    Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
    L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    return Q;
  }

  Qualifiers Q;
  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);

  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
    Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr());
    L.removeObjCGCAttr();
    R.removeObjCGCAttr();
  }

  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
    Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime());
    L.removeObjCLifetime();
    R.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
    Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace());
    L.removeAddressSpace();
    R.removeAddressSpace();
  }
  return Q;
}

static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
  return Qs;
}

// Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.Mask = opaque;
  return Qs;
}

// Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
  return Mask;
}

bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; }
void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }

bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; }
void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }

bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; }
void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }

bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); }

void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0);
  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0);
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers() {
  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
}
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0);
  Mask |= mask;
}
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((void)0);
  Mask |= mask;
}

bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
}
void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
}
void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  assert(type)((void)0);
  setObjCGCAttr(type);
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeAddressSpace();
  return qs;
}

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
}
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
}
void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  assert(type)((void)0);
  assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((void)0);
  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
}

/// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
}

/// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const {
  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
}
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const {
  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
}
/// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const {
  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((void)0);
  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
    return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
  return 0;
}
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)((void)0);
  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
       | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
}
void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert(space != LangAS::Default)((void)0);
  setAddressSpace(space);
}

// Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
// on a QualType object.
bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0);
  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0);
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers() {
  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
}
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0);
  Mask |= mask;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
/// node to be allocated.
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const {
  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
  return Quals;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
bool empty() const { return !Mask; }

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-or it in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask |= Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
      addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
    if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
      addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
    if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
      addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
  }
}

/// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-and the inverse in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
      removeObjCGCAttr();
    if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
      removeObjCLifetime();
    if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
      removeAddressSpace();
  }
}

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
/// they don't conflict.
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) {
  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((void)0)
         !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((void)0);
  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((void)0)
         !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((void)0);
  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((void)0)
         !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((void)0);
  Mask |= qs.Mask;
}

/// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
/// overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   every address space is a superset of itself.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) {
  // Address spaces must match exactly.
  return A == B ||
         // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
         // for __constant can be used as __generic.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) ||
         // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces,
         // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers
         // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device ||
                                         B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) ||
         (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device ||
                                       B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) ||
         // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default.
         ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) &&
          (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) ||
         // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces.
         (A == LangAS::Default &&
          (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local ||
           B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device ||
           B == LangAS::sycl_global_host));
}

/// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or
/// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers.
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
/// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
/// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
         // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
         // be changed.
         (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
          !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
         // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
         getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
         // CVR qualifiers may subset.
         (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
         // U qualifier may superset.
         (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
/// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
///
/// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
/// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
/// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
/// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const {
  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
    return true;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
    return false;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
    return true;

  return hasConst();
}

/// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
/// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;

bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }

explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }

Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) {
  addQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

// Union two qualifier sets.  If an enumerated qualifier appears
// in both sets, use the one from the right.
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L += R;
  return L;
}

Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) {
  removeQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

/// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L -= R;
  return L;
}

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS);

bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
}

589private:
// bits:     |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6  ..  8|9   ...   31|
//           |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
uint32_t Mask = 0;

static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
    ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
603};

605/// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
606/// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
607struct SplitQualType {
/// The locally-unqualified type.
const Type *Ty = nullptr;

/// The local qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

SplitQualType() = default;
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}

SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file

// Make std::tie work.
std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
}

friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
}
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
}
630};

632/// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
633///
634/// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
635/// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
636/// unspecialized type.
637enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext {
/// An ordinary type.
Ordinary,

/// The result type of a method or function.
Result,

/// The parameter type of a method or function.
Parameter,

/// The type of a property.
Property,

/// The superclass of a type.
Superclass,
652};

654/// A (possibly-)qualified type.
655///
656/// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
657/// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers.  This
658/// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
659/// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
660/// 'const volatile int', etc).
661///
662/// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
663/// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
664/// pointer.  To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
665/// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer.  A third bit
666/// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
667/// case the pointer points to a special structure.
668class QualType {
friend class QualifierCollector;

// Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
                     Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value;

const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
}

const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
}

const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((void)0);
  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
}

690public:
QualType() = default;
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}

unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }

/// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
///
/// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
/// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
const Type *getTypePtr() const;

const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;

/// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;

/// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
/// qualifiers.
SplitQualType split() const;

void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }

static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
  QualType T;
  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
  return T;
}

const Type &operator*() const {
  return *getTypePtr();
}

const Type *operator->() const {
  return getTypePtr();
}

bool isCanonical() const;
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;

/// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
bool isNull() const {
  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
}

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "const" at a different level.
bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
bool isConstQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "restrict" at a different level.
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

/// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
bool isRestrictQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "volatile" at a different level.
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
bool isVolatileQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
/// qualifiers at a different level.
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
}

/// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
/// instance.
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
}

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
/// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
/// other sugar.
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
/// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
}

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// applied to this type.
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;

bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
}

/// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
/// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
/// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
/// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
/// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;


/// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;

/// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;

// Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
// easily added.

/// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addConst() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}
QualType withConst() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addVolatile() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}
QualType withVolatile() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
void addRestrict() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}
QualType withRestrict() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
}

void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((void)0)
         && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((void)0);
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
}

void removeLocalConst();
void removeLocalVolatile();
void removeLocalRestrict();
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);

void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((void)0);
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
}

// Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
// qualifiers already on this type.
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
  return T;
}

// Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
// any existing fast qualifiers.
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
}

// Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.removeLocalFastQualifiers();
  return T;
}

QualType getCanonicalType() const;

/// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
/// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
/// through typedefs.
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
/// removing as little sugar as possible.
///
/// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
/// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
///
/// \code
/// typedef int Integer;
/// typedef const Integer CInteger;
/// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
/// \endcode
///
/// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
/// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
/// sugar as possible.
///
/// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
/// qualifiers that were built up.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;

/// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;

QualType getNonReferenceType() const;

/// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
/// specified result type.
///
/// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
/// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
/// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
/// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
/// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part
/// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that
/// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a
/// pack expansion type.
QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
/// the type.  This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc.  If the outer level of
/// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.  This is similar
/// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs.  For
/// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
/// concrete.
///
/// Qualifiers are left in place.
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
}

SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const {
  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
}

/// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
/// the type.
///
/// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
/// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
}

/// Returns the specified type after dropping any
/// outer-level parentheses.
QualType IgnoreParens() const {
  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
    return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
  return *this;
}

/// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value < RHS.Value;
}

static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
}
static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
           unsigned Indentation = 0) const;

static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
                  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
                  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0);

void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
}

static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                                std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy);

class StreamedQualTypeHelper {
  const QualType &T;
  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
  unsigned Indentation;

public:
  StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                         const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
      : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
        Indentation(Indentation) {}

  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
    SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
    return OS;
  }
};

StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                              const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
                              unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

void dump(const char *s) const;
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
}

/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
inline bool hasAddressSpace() const;

/// Return the address space of this type.
inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;

/// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space
/// qualifiers.
/// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces
/// and notion of overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
/// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds:
///   __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const {
  Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers();
  Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers();
  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
  return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q);
}

/// Returns gc attribute of this type.
inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;

/// true when Type is objc's weak.
bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
}

/// true when Type is objc's strong.
bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
}

/// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
}

// true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;

enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PDIK_Trivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
  PDIK_Struct
};

/// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
/// and return the kind.
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;

enum PrimitiveCopyKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PCK_Trivial,

  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
  /// volatile-qualified.
  PCK_VolatileTrivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PCK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PCK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
  PCK_Struct
};

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
/// kind.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
/// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
/// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
/// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
/// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;

enum DestructionKind {
  DK_none,
  DK_cxx_destructor,
  DK_objc_strong_lifetime,
  DK_objc_weak_lifetime,
  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
};

/// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
/// non-trivial work to clean up after.  Non-zero because it's
/// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
/// something require destruction.
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const {
  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
}

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to
/// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial
/// to default-initialize. If this returns true,
/// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct,
/// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If
/// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which
/// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns
/// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const;

/// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
/// from being lvalues in C.
///
/// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
///   - 'void', but not qualified void
///   - function types
///
/// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
///   An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
///   type other than void.
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;

/// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
/// subject type.
///
/// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
///
/// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
/// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
/// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
/// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
/// for the context.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the resulting type.
QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
                           ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                           ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
/// parameters used in the subject type.
///
/// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
/// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
/// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
/// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
///
/// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
/// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
/// or the base of a property access.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
/// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
/// be substituted.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
/// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
                             const DeclContext *dc,
                             ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

/// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;

1289private:
// These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
// "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
// caller.
static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
                                               const ASTContext &C);
static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);

/// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union.
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
1306};

1308} // namespace clang

1310namespace llvm {

1312/// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1313/// to a specific Type class.
1314template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *;

static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) {
  return Val.getTypePtr();
}
1320};

1322// Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1323template<>
1324struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
}

static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
  return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
}

// Various qualifiers go in low bits.
static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0;
1335};

1337} // namespace llvm

1339namespace clang {

1341/// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1342/// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1343/// two.
1344class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
friend class ExtQuals;
friend class QualType;
friend class Type;

/// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
/// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
///
/// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
/// underlying type pointer.
const Type *const BaseType;

/// The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
QualType CanonicalType;

ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
    : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1361};

1363/// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1364/// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1365/// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type.  Therefore we have this
1366/// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1367/// store qualifiers.
1368///
1369/// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1370/// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1371/// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1372/// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1373class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
// NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
// long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
// 1. Qualifiers:
//    a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
//       Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
//    b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
// 2. QualType:
//    a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
//    b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
//       this header.
// 3. ASTContext:
//    a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.

/// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
/// extended qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }

1393public:
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
      Quals(quals) {
  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((void)0)
         && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((void)0);
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((void)0)
         && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((void)0);
}

Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }

const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

1419public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const Type *BaseType,
                    Qualifiers Quals) {
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((void)0);
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
  Quals.Profile(ID);
}
1431};

1433/// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1434/// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1435/// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1436enum RefQualifierKind {
/// No ref-qualifier was provided.
RQ_None = 0,

/// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
RQ_LValue,

/// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
RQ_RValue
1445};

1447/// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1448enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
/// auto
Auto,

/// decltype(auto)
DecltypeAuto,

/// __auto_type (GNU extension)
GNUAutoType
1457};

1459/// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1460///
1461/// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1462/// type.  A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1463/// of it or the types it references.  For example, consider:
1464///
1465///  typedef int  foo;
1466///  typedef foo* bar;
1467///    'int *'    'foo *'    'bar'
1468///
1469/// There will be a Type object created for 'int'.  Since int is canonical, its
1470/// CanonicalType pointer points to itself.  There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1471/// TypedefType).  Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type.  Next
1472/// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1473/// canonical.  Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1474/// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1475/// is also 'int*'.
1476///
1477/// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1478/// information about typedefs being used.  Canonical types are useful for type
1479/// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1480/// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1481/// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1482///
1483/// Types, once created, are immutable.
1484///
1485class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
1486public:
enum TypeClass {
1488#define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1489#define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class
1490#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1491#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
};

1494private:
/// Bitfields required by the Type class.
class TypeBitfields {
  friend class Type;
  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
  unsigned TC : 8;

  /// Store information on the type dependency.
  unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>;

  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
  /// 'Cache') is valid.
  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;

  /// Linkage of this type.
  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;

  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;

  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;

  bool isCacheValid() const {
    return CacheValid;
  }

  Linkage getLinkage() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0);
    return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
  }

  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0);
    return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
  }
};
enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 };

1535protected:
// These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
// into Type.

class ArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;

  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
};

class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ConstantArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3;

  /// Whether we have a stored size expression.
  unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1;
};

class BuiltinTypeBitfields {
  friend class BuiltinType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
  unsigned Kind : 8;
};

/// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
/// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored
/// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType.
class FunctionTypeBitfields {
  friend class FunctionProtoType;
  friend class FunctionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
  /// regparm and the calling convention.
  unsigned ExtInfo : 13;

  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
  ///
  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;

  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
  /// other bitfields.
  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
  ///
  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
  unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth;
  /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers.
  unsigned HasExtQuals : 1;

  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
  /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is
  /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to
  /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible.
  unsigned NumParams : 16;

  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;

  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;

  /// Whether the function is variadic.
  unsigned Variadic : 1;

  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
};

class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields {
  friend class ObjCObjectType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;

  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
};

class ReferenceTypeBitfields {
  friend class ReferenceType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
  /// as follows:
  ///
  ///   typedef int &ref;    // lvalue, spelled lvalue
  ///   typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
  ///   ref &a;              // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   ref &&a;             // lvalue, inner ref
  ///   rvref &a;            // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   rvref &&a;           // rvalue, inner ref
  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;

  /// True if the inner type is a reference type.  This only happens
  /// in non-canonical forms.
  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
};

class TypeWithKeywordBitfields {
  friend class TypeWithKeyword;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword.  8 bits for efficient access.
  unsigned Keyword : 8;
};

enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 };

class ElaboratedTypeBitfields {
  friend class ElaboratedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl.
  unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1;
};

class VectorTypeBitfields {
  friend class VectorType;
  friend class DependentVectorType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
  unsigned VecKind : 3;
  /// The number of elements in the vector.
  uint32_t NumElements;
};

class AttributedTypeBitfields {
  friend class AttributedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An AttributedType::Kind
  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
};

class AutoTypeBitfields {
  friend class AutoType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
  /// or '__auto_type'?  AutoTypeKeyword value.
  unsigned Keyword : 2;

  /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields {
  friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class TemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class PackExpansionTypeBitfields {
  friend class PackExpansionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
  /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to
  /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit
  /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to
  /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a
  /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so
  /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  ///
  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others
  /// have not.
  unsigned NumExpansions;
};

union {
  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
  ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits;
  ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits;
  AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits;
  AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits;
  BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits;
  FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits;
  ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits;
  ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits;
  TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits;
  ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits;
  VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits;
  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits;
  TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields
    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits;
};

1807private:
template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

/// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
}

1815protected:
friend class ASTContext;

Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
  static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase),
                "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!");
  static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0,
                "Insufficient alignment!");
  TypeBits.TC = tc;
  TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence);
  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
}

// silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
Type *this_() { return this; }

void setDependence(TypeDependence D) {
  TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D);
}

void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); }

1842public:
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ASTWriter;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter;

Type(const Type &) = delete;
Type(Type &&) = delete;
Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete;

TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }

/// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }

/// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
/// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
///
/// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
/// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
/// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
///
/// \code
/// template<typename ...T>
/// struct X {
///   typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
/// };
/// \endcode
///
/// Note that this routine does not specify which
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack;
}

/// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
/// qualification.
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
}

/// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
/// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
/// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;

/// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless";
/// every type is one or the other.  Standard types are all sized;
/// sizeless types are purely an extension.
///
/// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment,
/// or layout.
bool isSizelessType() const;
bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const;

/// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the
/// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single
/// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t.
bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const;

/// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type.
/// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the
/// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType.
QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
/// object types, function types, and incomplete types.

/// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
/// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
/// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
/// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
///
/// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
/// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
/// class), will be set to the declaration.
bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;

/// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
/// type, in other words, not a function type.
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const {
  return !isFunctionType();
}

/// Determine whether this type is an object type.
bool isObjectType() const {
  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
  //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
  //   function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
}

/// Return true if this is a literal type
/// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7.
bool isStructuralType() const;

/// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
/// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
bool isStandardLayoutType() const;

/// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
/// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.

/// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
bool isBuiltinType() const;

/// Test for a particular builtin type.
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
/// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
/// Clang.  All such types are BuiltinTypes.
bool isPlaceholderType() const;
const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;

/// Test for a specific placeholder type.
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
/// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;

/// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isIntegerType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
bool isEnumeralType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
bool isBooleanType() const;
bool isCharType() const;
bool isWideCharType() const;
bool isChar8Type() const;
bool isChar16Type() const;
bool isChar32Type() const;
bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const;

/// Floating point categories.
bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
/// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isComplexType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
bool isAnyComplexType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
bool isFloatingType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
bool isHalfType() const;         // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
bool isFloat16Type() const;      // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
bool isBFloat16Type() const;
bool isFloat128Type() const;
bool isRealType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
bool isArithmeticType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
bool isVoidType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p19
bool isScalarType() const;       // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
bool isAggregateType() const;
bool isFundamentalType() const;
bool isCompoundType() const;

// Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
// type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
bool isFunctionType() const;
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
bool isPointerType() const;
bool isAnyPointerType() const;   // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
bool isBlockPointerType() const;
bool isVoidPointerType() const;
bool isReferenceType() const;
bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
bool isObjectPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionReferenceType() const;
bool isMemberPointerType() const;
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
bool isArrayType() const;
bool isConstantArrayType() const;
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
bool isVariableArrayType() const;
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
bool isRecordType() const;
bool isClassType() const;
bool isStructureType() const;
bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
bool isInterfaceType() const;
bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
bool isUnionType() const;
bool isComplexIntegerType() const;            // GCC _Complex integer type.
bool isVectorType() const;                    // GCC vector type.
bool isExtVectorType() const;                 // Extended vector type.
bool isMatrixType() const;                    // Matrix type.
bool isConstantMatrixType() const;            // Constant matrix type.
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const;     // value-dependent address space qualifier
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const;         // pointer to ObjC object
bool isObjCRetainableType() const;            // ObjC object or block pointer
bool isObjCLifetimeType() const;              // (array of)* retainable type
bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const;      // (pointer to)* lifetime type
bool isObjCNSObjectType() const;              // __attribute__((NSObject))
bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const;      // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
// FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
// for the common case.
bool isObjCObjectType() const;                // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;    // NSString<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const;           // id<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const;        // Class<foo>
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
bool isObjCIdType() const;                    // id
bool isDecltypeType() const;
/// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained
/// qualifier?
///
/// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this
/// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified
/// with __unsafe_unretained?
bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const {
  return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained);
}

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
/// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
/// <NSCopying>.
///
/// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
/// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
/// null for 'id.
bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
                                const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;

bool isObjCClassType() const;                 // Class

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
/// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
///
/// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
/// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
/// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;

bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
bool isObjCSelType() const;                 // Class
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const;               // 'id' or 'Class'
bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const;          // C++ template type parameter
bool isNullPtrType() const;                   // C++11 std::nullptr_t
bool isNothrowT() const;                      // C++   std::nothrow_t
bool isAlignValT() const;                     // C++17 std::align_val_t
bool isStdByteType() const;                   // C++17 std::byte
bool isAtomicType() const;                    // C11 _Atomic()
bool isUndeducedAutoType() const;             // C++11 auto or
                                              // C++14 decltype(auto)
bool isTypedefNameType() const;               // typedef or alias template

2105#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2107#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

bool isImageType() const;                     // Any OpenCL image type

bool isSamplerT() const;                      // OpenCL sampler_t
bool isEventT() const;                        // OpenCL event_t
bool isClkEventT() const;                     // OpenCL clk_event_t
bool isQueueT() const;                        // OpenCL queue_t
bool isReserveIDT() const;                    // OpenCL reserve_id_t

2117#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2119#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
// Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension
bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const;
bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const;              // Any OpenCL extension type

bool isPipeType() const;                      // OpenCL pipe type
bool isExtIntType() const;                    // Extended Int Type
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const;            // Any OpenCL specific type

/// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
/// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
/// than implicitly __strong.
bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;

/// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type.
bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const;
/// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type.
bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const;

/// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;

enum ScalarTypeKind {
  STK_CPointer,
  STK_BlockPointer,
  STK_ObjCObjectPointer,
  STK_MemberPointer,
  STK_Bool,
  STK_Integral,
  STK_Floating,
  STK_IntegralComplex,
  STK_FloatingComplex,
  STK_FixedPoint
};

/// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;

TypeDependence getDependence() const {
  return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence);
}

/// Whether this type is an error type.
bool containsErrors() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error;
}

/// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
/// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
bool isDependentType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
/// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
/// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
/// template parameter).
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
/// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
/// deduced.
bool isUndeducedType() const;

/// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified;
}

/// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
/// with a definite size.
bool hasSizedVLAType() const;

/// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;

bool isOverloadableType() const;

/// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;

bool canDecayToPointerType() const;

/// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.  This includes
/// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
/// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
/// purpose of GC'ability
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;

// Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
// specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
// the best type we can.
const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
/// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;

// The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
// for object declared using an interface.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;

/// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;

/// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
/// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
///
/// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
/// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;

/// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const {
  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
}

/// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
/// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
/// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;

/// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.  Look through sugar for
/// an instance of \<specific type>.   This scheme will eventually
/// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
///
/// There are some specializations of this member template listed
/// immediately following this class.
template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;

/// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
/// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>.
/// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
/// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type>
/// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>.
template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;

/// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Member-template castAs<specific type>.  Look through sugar for
/// the underlying instance of \<specific type>.
///
/// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
/// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
/// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;

/// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it
/// (looking through top-level type sugar).
bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const;

/// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
/// qualifiers.  This should never be used when type qualifiers
/// are meaningful.
const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;

/// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
/// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;

/// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
/// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;

/// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
/// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
QualType getPointeeType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
/// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;

/// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
/// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
bool isSignedIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
/// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
bool isFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type.
bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
/// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3.  It is not legal to call this on
/// incomplete types.
bool isConstantSizeType() const;

/// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
/// set of type specifiers.
bool isSpecifierType() const;

/// Determine the linkage of this type.
Linkage getLinkage() const;

/// Determine the visibility of this type.
Visibility getVisibility() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
}

/// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
}

/// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;

/// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
/// checking. Should always return true.
bool isLinkageValid() const;

/// Determine the nullability of the given type.
///
/// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
/// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
/// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;

/// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
/// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
///
/// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
///        this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;

/// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
/// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
///
/// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
/// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
/// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
/// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
/// category, or method within.
///
/// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
/// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
/// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
/// substitution is required.
Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>>
getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;

/// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
/// parameters.
bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;

const char *getTypeClassName() const;

QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const {
  return CanonicalType;
}

CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const;
2458};

2460/// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2461/// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2462template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;

2464/// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2465/// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2466/// non-sugared type.
2467template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;

2469/// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2470/// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2471template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;

2473// We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2474// worry about preserving child type decoration.
2475#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2476#define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2477template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2479} \
2480template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2482}
2483#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

2485/// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'.  Builtin
2486/// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2487class BuiltinType : public Type {
2488public:
enum Kind {
2490// OpenCL image types
2491#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2492#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2493// OpenCL extension types
2494#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id,
2495#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2496// SVE Types
2497#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2498#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
2499// PPC MMA Types
2500#define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id,
2501#include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def"
2502// RVV Types
2503#define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2504#include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def"
2505// All other builtin types
2506#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2507#define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2508#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
};

2511private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

BuiltinType(Kind K)
    : Type(Builtin, QualType(),
           K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation
                          : TypeDependence::None) {
  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
}

2521public:
Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((void)0);
  return str.data();
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

bool isInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isSignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
}

bool isFloatingPoint() const {
  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
}

/// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
  return K >= Overload;
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
/// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
/// expression.
bool isPlaceholderType() const {
  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
/// Overload.  Most placeholder types require only syntactic
/// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
/// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
/// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
/// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
/// from their context, like whether the context expects a
/// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
/// special treatment.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
  return getKind() > Overload;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2577};

2579/// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.  This supports the C99 complex
2580/// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2581class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;

ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()),
      ElementType(Element) {}

2590public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2605};

2607/// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2608class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType Inner;

ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
    : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {}

2616public:
QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
  Inner.Profile(ID);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2631};

2633/// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2634class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2643public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2658};

2660/// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2661/// engine for arbitrary reasons.  For example, array and function types can
2662/// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2663class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType OriginalTy;
QualType AdjustedTy;

2667protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
             QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()),
      OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}

2675public:
QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
}
2694};

2696/// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2697class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

inline
DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);

2703public:
QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }

inline QualType getPointeeType() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2709};

2711/// Pointer to a block type.
2712/// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2713/// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2714class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

// Block is some kind of pointer type
QualType PointeeType;

BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
    : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2724public:
// Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
}
2742};

2744/// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2745class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType PointeeType;

2748protected:
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
              bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Referencee) {
  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
}

2757public:
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }

QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }

QualType getPointeeType() const {
  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
  const ReferenceType *T = this;
  while (T->isInnerRef())
    T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
  return T->PointeeType;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Referencee,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue) {
  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
         T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2786};

2788/// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2789class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
                    SpelledAsLValue) {}

2797public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
}
2804};

2806/// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2807class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
     : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}

2813public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2820};

2822/// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2823///
2824/// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2825class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

/// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
/// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
const Type *Class;

MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
           (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) |
               Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}

2840public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// function type rather than a data-member type.
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const {
  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// data type rather than a function type.
bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
                    const Type *Class) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(Class);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
}
2874};

2876/// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2877class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2878public:
/// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
/// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
/// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
/// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
enum ArraySizeModifier {
  Normal, Static, Star
};

2887private:
/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

2891protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm,
          unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr);

2897public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const {
  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
}

Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}
2918};

2920/// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2921/// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2922/// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2923class ConstantArrayType final
  : public ArrayType,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.

ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
                  const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) {
  ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr;
  if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) {
    assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((void)0);
    *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz;
  }
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr;
}

2945public:
const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
const Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr
             ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>()
             : nullptr;
}
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
// an array with the given element type and number of elements.
static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
                                     QualType ElementType,
                                     const llvm::APInt &NumElements);

/// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
/// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                    QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize,
                    const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
}
2978};

2980/// Represents a C array with an unspecified size.  For example 'int A[]' has
2981/// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2982/// unspecified.
2983class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can,
                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {}

2990public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
          getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
                    ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
}
3011};

3013/// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
3014/// integer-constant-expression.  For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
3015/// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
3016///
3017/// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
3018/// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
3019/// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
3020/// dynamically:
3021///
3022/// void foo(int x) {
3023///   int Y[x];
3024///   ++x;
3025///   int Z[x];
3026/// }
3027class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
/// a function block.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e,
                  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                  SourceRange brackets)
    : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e),
      SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}

3043public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")__builtin_unreachable();
}
3066};

3068/// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
3069///
3070/// For example:
3071/// \code
3072/// template<typename T, int Size>
3073/// class array {
3074///   T data[Size];
3075/// };
3076/// \endcode
3077///
3078/// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
3079/// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
3080/// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
3081class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

const ASTContext &Context;

/// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
/// size of the array.
///
/// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
/// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
                        Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                        SourceRange brackets);

3100public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
3128};

3130/// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
3131/// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
3132/// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
3133///
3134/// For example:
3135/// \code
3136/// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
3137/// class AddressSpace {
3138///   typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
3139/// }
3140/// \endcode
3141class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
QualType PointeeType;
SourceLocation loc;

DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
                          QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
                          SourceLocation loc);

3153public:
Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
3171};

3173/// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
3174/// dependent.
3175///
3176/// For example:
3177/// \code
3178/// template<typename T, int Size>
3179/// class vector {
3180///   typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
3181/// }
3182/// \endcode
3183class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *SizeExpr;

/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                            QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3197public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3215};


3218/// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3219/// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3220/// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3221/// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3222/// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3223class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3224public:
enum VectorKind {
  /// not a target-specific vector type
  GenericVector,

  /// is AltiVec vector
  AltiVecVector,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
  AltiVecPixel,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
  AltiVecBool,

  /// is ARM Neon vector
  NeonVector,

  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
  NeonPolyVector,

  /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector
  SveFixedLengthDataVector,

  /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector
  SveFixedLengthPredicateVector
};

3251protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// The element type of the vector.
QualType ElementType;

VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
           VectorKind vecKind);

VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
           QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);

3263public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
          getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
                    VectorKind VecKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3291};

3293/// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3294////
3295/// For example:
3296/// \code
3297/// template<typename T, int Size>
3298/// class vector {
3299///   typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3300/// }
3301/// \endcode
3302class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
QualType ElementType;
Expr *SizeExpr;
SourceLocation Loc;

DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
                         SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);

3314public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
                    VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3336};

3338/// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3339/// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3340/// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3341/// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3342/// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3343/// Shading Language).
3344class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
    : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}

3350public:
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
  default: return -1;
  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
  }
}

static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
    default: return -1;
    case '0': return 0;
    case '1': return 1;
    case '2': return 2;
    case '3': return 3;
    case '4': return 4;
    case '5': return 5;
    case '6': return 6;
    case '7': return 7;
    case '8': return 8;
    case '9': return 9;
    case 'A':
    case 'a': return 10;
    case 'B':
    case 'b': return 11;
    case 'C':
    case 'c': return 12;
    case 'D':
    case 'd': return 13;
    case 'E':
    case 'e': return 14;
    case 'F':
    case 'f': return 15;
  }
}

static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
  if (isNumericAccessor)
    return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
  else
    return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
}

bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
    return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3408};

3410/// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions.
3411/// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies
3412/// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns.
3413class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3414protected:
friend class ASTContext;

/// The element type of the matrix.
QualType ElementType;

MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy);

MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy,
           const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr);

3425public:
/// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

/// Valid elements types are the following:
/// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types
///   and _Bool
/// * the standard floating types float or double
/// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target
static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) {
  return T->isDependentType() ||
         (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix;
}
3446};

3448/// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns
3449class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType {
3450protected:
friend class ASTContext;

/// The element type of the matrix.
// FIXME: Appears to be unused? There is also MatrixType::ElementType...
QualType ElementType;

/// Number of rows and columns.
unsigned NumRows;
unsigned NumColumns;

static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1;

ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows,
                   unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType);

ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows,
                   unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType);

3469public:
/// Returns the number of rows in the matrix.
unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; }

/// Returns the number of columns in the matrix.
unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; }

/// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector.
unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const {
  return getNumRows() * getNumColumns();
}

/// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension.
static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) {
  return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension;
}

/// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension.
static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() {
  return MaxElementsPerDimension;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(),
          getTypeClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns,
                    TypeClass TypeClass) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumRows);
  ID.AddInteger(NumColumns);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix;
}
3508};

3510/// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns
3511/// is dependent on a template.
3512class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *RowExpr;
Expr *ColumnExpr;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr,
                         Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3525public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; }
Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr);
3544};

3546/// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.  This is the common base
3547/// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3548class FunctionType : public Type {
// The type returned by the function.
QualType ResultType;

3552public:
/// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
/// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType
/// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the
/// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType.
///
/// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
/// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
/// affects how the function is called.  For example, the ARC ns_consumed
/// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
/// or +1 (ns_consumed).  This must be reflected in the function type,
/// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
///
/// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
/// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
/// to destructure types.  For example, template argument deduction will
/// not be able to match a parameter declared as
///   T (*)(U)
/// against an argument of type
///   void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
/// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
/// not produce the latter.
class ExtParameterInfo {
  enum {
    ABIMask = 0x0F,
    IsConsumed = 0x10,
    HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
    IsNoEscape = 0x40,
  };
  unsigned char Data = 0;

public:
  ExtParameterInfo() = default;

  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
  ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); }
  ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
    return copy;
  }

  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
  bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    if (consumed)
      copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
    else
      copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
    return copy;
  }

  bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; }
  ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
    return Copy;
  }

  bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    if (NoEscape)
      Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
    else
      Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
    return Copy;
  }

  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
    ExtParameterInfo result;
    result.Data = data;
    return result;
  }

  friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
  }

  friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
  }
};

/// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
/// making a call.
///
/// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
/// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
/// same bit-pattern.
///
// If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
// constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
// * Operator==
// * getFoo
// * withFoo
// * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
// * ASTContext::getFooType
// * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
// * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
// * FunctionProtoType::Profile
// * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
// * AST read and write
// * Codegen
class ExtInfo {
  friend class FunctionType;

  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to
  // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust
  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well.

  // |  CC  |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall|
  // |0 .. 4|   5    |    6   |       7         |8 .. 10|    11   |    12    |
  //
  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
  enum {
    RegParmMask =  0x700,
    RegParmOffset = 8
  };
  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
  enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 };
  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;

  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}

public:
  // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
  // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
  ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
          bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck,
          bool cmseNSCall) {
    assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0);
    Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
           (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
           (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
           (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
           (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) |
           (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0);
  }

  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
  // function known to use defaults.
  ExtInfo() = default;

  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
  // of the canonical type.
  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}

  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
  bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; }
  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
  bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }

  unsigned getRegParm() const {
    unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
    if (RegParm > 0)
      --RegParm;
    return RegParm;
  }

  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }

  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits == Other.Bits;
  }
  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits != Other.Bits;
  }

  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.

  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
    if (noReturn)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
    if (producesResult)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const {
    if (cmseNSCall)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
    if (noCallerSavedRegs)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
    if (noCfCheck)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
    assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0);
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
                   ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
  }

  ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const {
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
  }

  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
    ID.AddInteger(Bits);
  }
};

/// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an
/// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType
/// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types.
struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; };

/// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in
/// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the
/// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update
/// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here.
struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields {
  /// The number of types in the exception specification.
  /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to
  /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here.
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
};

3799protected:
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical,
             TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) {
  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
}

Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals);
}

3810public:
QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }

bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }

/// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
/// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
/// type.
bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }

bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); }
CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }

static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0,
              "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of "
              "the fast qualifiers.");

bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); }
bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); }
bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); }

/// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
/// this type.
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
}

static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}
3845};

3847/// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3848/// no information available about its arguments.
3849class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info)
    : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
                   Result->getDependence() &
                       ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
                         TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack),
                   Info) {}

3859public:
// No additional state past what FunctionType provides.

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
                    ExtInfo Info) {
  Info.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
}
3878};

3880/// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3881/// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'.  'void' is represented as having no
3882/// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have
3883/// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the
3884/// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of
3885/// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see
3886/// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType.
3887class FunctionProtoType final
  : public FunctionType,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<
        FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation,
        FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType,
        Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

// FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of
// which optional. They are in order:
//
// * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types.
//   Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType,
//   these will be the only trailing objects.
//
// * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the
//   ellipsis.
//
// * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields
//   (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields):
//   a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if
//   hasExtraBitfields() is true.
//
// * Optionally exactly one of:
//   * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType,
//   * a single Expr *,
//   * a pair of FunctionDecl *,
//   * a single FunctionDecl *
//   used to store information about the various types of exception
//   specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details.
//
// * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding
//   an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and
//   only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true.
//
// * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't
//   be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only
//   if hasExtQualifiers() is true.
//
// The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data
// related to the exception specification since it contains the number
// of exception types.
//
// We put the ExtParameterInfos last.  If all were equal, it would make
// more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
// it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
// required to skip the exception specification.  However, all is not
// equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
// and it's better not to burden the more common paths.

3939public:
/// Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
/// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is
/// used to group together the various bits of information about the
/// exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecInfo {
  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
  ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None;

  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
  ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions;

  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;

  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;

  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;

  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;

  ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {}
};

/// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not
/// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together
/// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype.
struct ExtProtoInfo {
  FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo;
  bool Variadic : 1;
  bool HasTrailingReturn : 1;
  Qualifiers TypeQuals;
  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
  ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec;
  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;
  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;

  ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC)
      : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
    ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
    Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI;
    return Result;
  }
};

3992private:
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const {
  return getNumParams();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const {
  return isVariadic();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const {
  return hasExtraBitfields();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const {
  return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0;
}

/// Determine whether there are any argument types that
/// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
                                               unsigned numArgs) {
  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
    if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      return true;

  return false;
}

FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params,
                  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);

/// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to
/// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind
/// of trailing objects related to the exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder {
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
  unsigned NumExprPtr;
  unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr;
};

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder
getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) {
  switch (EST) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_Unparsed:
  case EST_NoThrow:
    return {0, 0, 0};

  case EST_Dynamic:
    return {NumExceptions, 0, 0};

  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
    return {0, 1, 0};

  case EST_Uninstantiated:
    return {0, 0, 2};

  case EST_Unevaluated:
    return {0, 0, 1};
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")__builtin_unreachable();
}

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) {
  // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception
  // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields.
  return EST == EST_Dynamic;
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
bool hasExtraBitfields() const {
  return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType());
}

bool hasExtQualifiers() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals;
}

4096public:
unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; }

QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((void)0);
  return param_type_begin()[i];
}

ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const {
  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
  EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc();
  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
  EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo();
  EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals();
  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull();
  return EPI;
}

/// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(
      FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType);
}

/// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; }

/// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const {
  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const {
  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
/// spec.
bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec.
ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const {
  ExceptionSpecInfo Result;
  Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
  if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
    Result.Exceptions = exceptions();
  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) {
    Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
    Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
  }
  return Result;
}

/// Return the number of types in the exception specification.
unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
  return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic
             ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>()
                   ->NumExceptionType
             : 0;
}

/// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((void)0);
  return exception_begin()[i];
}

/// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer
/// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form).
Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const {
  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
    return nullptr;
  return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
}

/// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
/// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
/// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
/// specification is represented by this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
      getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0];
}

/// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
/// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
/// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
/// this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1];
}

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification.
CanThrowResult canThrow() const;

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
/// \c ResultIfDependent.
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
}

/// Whether this function prototype is variadic.
bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; }

SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
  return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()
                      : SourceLocation();
}

/// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
/// parameter pack at the end.
///
/// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
/// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
/// function.
bool isTemplateVariadic() const;

/// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; }

Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const {
  if (hasExtQualifiers())
    return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>();
  else
    return getFastTypeQuals();
}

/// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
}

using param_type_iterator = const QualType *;
using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;

param_type_range param_types() const {
  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const {
  return getTrailingObjects<QualType>();
}

param_type_iterator param_type_end() const {
  return param_type_begin() + getNumParams();
}

using exception_iterator = const QualType *;

ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
}

exception_iterator exception_begin() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>(
      getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>());
}

exception_iterator exception_end() const {
  return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions();
}

/// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
/// of this function type?
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos;
}

ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const {
  assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((void)0);
  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(),
                                    getNumParams());
}

/// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
/// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
/// carry it.  This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const {
  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>();
}

ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0);
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I];
  return ExtParameterInfo();
}

ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0);
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI();
  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
}

bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0);
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
                    param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
                    const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool Canonical);
4336};

4338/// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
4339/// typename using declaration, e.g.
4340///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
4341///
4342/// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
4343class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl;

UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
    : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation),
      Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {}

4353public:
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  return Profile(ID, Decl);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
  ID.AddPointer(D);
}
4371};

4373class TypedefType : public Type {
TypedefNameDecl *Decl;

4376private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying,
            QualType can);

4382public:
TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
4389};

4391/// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written
4392/// as a macro invocation.
4393class MacroQualifiedType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType UnderlyingTy;
const IdentifierInfo *MacroII;

MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy,
                   const IdentifierInfo *MacroII)
    : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()),
      UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) {
  assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((void)0)
         "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((void)0);
}

4407public:
const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; }

/// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to
/// it.
QualType getModifiedType() const;

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified;
}
4421};

4423/// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
4424class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
Expr *TOExpr;

4427protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());

4432public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
4442};

4444/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4445/// `typeof(expr)` types.
4446///
4447/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4448/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4449/// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
4450class DependentTypeOfExprType
: public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4454public:
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
    : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4464};

4466/// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
4467class TypeOfType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType TOType;

TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
    : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((void)0);
}

4477public:
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4487};

4489/// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4490class DecltypeType : public Type {
Expr *E;
QualType UnderlyingType;

4494protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());

4499public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4510};

4512/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4513/// decltype(expr) types.
4514///
4515/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4516/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4517/// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4518class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4521public:
DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4530};

4532/// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4533class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4534public:
enum UTTKind {
  EnumUnderlyingType
};

4539private:
/// The untransformed type.
QualType BaseType;

/// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
QualType UnderlyingType;

UTTKind UKind;

4548protected:
friend class ASTContext;

UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
                   QualType CanonicalTy);

4554public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }

QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
}
4566};

4568/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4569/// __underlying_type(type) types.
4570///
4571/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4572/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4573/// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4574class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType,
                                  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4576public:
DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType,
                            UTTKind UKind);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
                    UTTKind UKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
}
4589};

4591class TagType : public Type {
friend class ASTReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

/// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
/// TagDecl that declares the entity.
TagDecl *decl;

4599protected:
TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);

4602public:
TagDecl *getDecl() const;

/// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
bool isBeingDefined() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record;
}
4611};

4613/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4614/// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4615class RecordType : public TagType {
4616protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4624public:
RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

/// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
/// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
bool hasConstFields() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4637};

4639/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4640/// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4641class EnumType : public TagType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
    : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4647public:
EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4656};

4658/// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4659///
4660/// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4661/// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4662/// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4663/// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4664///
4665/// For example, in the following attributed type:
4666///     int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4667///   - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4668///   - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4669///   - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4670class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4671public:
using Kind = attr::Kind;

4674private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

QualType ModifiedType;
QualType EquivalentType;

AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
               QualType equivalent)
    : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()),
      ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
}

4687public:
Kind getAttrKind() const {
  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
}

QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }

/// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
///
/// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
/// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
/// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
/// address spaces, and ARC ownership.  The value of the object is still
/// largely described by the modified type.
///
/// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
/// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
/// formalizable way to the original type.  For example, calling convention
/// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
///
/// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
/// type.
bool isQualifier() const;

bool isMSTypeSpec() const;

bool isCallingConv() const;

llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;

/// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
/// nullability kind.
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) {
  switch (kind) {
  case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
    return attr::TypeNonNull;

  case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
    return attr::TypeNullable;

  case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
    return attr::TypeNullableResult;

  case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
    return attr::TypeNullUnspecified;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")__builtin_unreachable();
}

/// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
/// type, if it's there.
///
/// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
/// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
/// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
/// to the underlying modified type.
///
/// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
                    QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
}
4765};

4767class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

// Helper data collector for canonical types.
struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
  unsigned Depth : 15;
  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
  unsigned Index : 16;
};

union {
  // Info for the canonical type.
  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;

  // Info for the non-canonical type.
  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl;
};

/// Build a non-canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon,
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
               (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)),
      TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}

/// Build the canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
               (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) {
  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
}

const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
}

4807public:
unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }

TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const {
  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
}

IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
                    unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
                    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
  ID.AddInteger(Index);
  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
}
4837};

4839/// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4840/// type parameter.
4841///
4842/// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4843/// been replaced with these.  They are used solely to record that a
4844/// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4845/// therefore they are never canonical.
4846class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon)
    : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()),
      Replaced(Param) {}

4856public:
/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

/// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
/// parameter.
QualType getReplacementType() const {
  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    QualType Replacement) {
  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
}
4885};

4887/// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4888/// type parameter pack.
4889///
4890/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4891/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4892/// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4893/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4894/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4895/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4896/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4897/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4898/// at the current pack substitution index.
4899class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

/// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

/// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
/// parameter pack is instantiated with.
const TemplateArgument *Arguments;

SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
                              QualType Canon,
                              const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

4913public:
IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }

/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
}
4938};

4940/// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4941/// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4942/// class template types, and constrained type names.
4943///
4944/// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4945/// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4946/// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4947/// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4948class DeducedType : public Type {
4949protected:
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType,
            TypeDependence ExtraDependence)
    : Type(TC,
           // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
           DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
                                  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
           ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull()
                                  ? TypeDependence::None
                                  : DeducedAsType->getDependence() &
                                        ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {}

4961public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

/// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
/// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
QualType getDeducedType() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
}
bool isDeduced() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4978};

4980/// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained
4981/// by a type-constraint.
4982class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept;

AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
         TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD,
         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

4999public:
/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const {
  return TypeConstraintConcept;
}

bool isConstrained() const {
  return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr;
}

bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
}

AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(),
          getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
}
5045};

5047/// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
5048class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType,
                                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
TemplateName Template;

DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                  QualType DeducedAsType,
                                  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
    : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
                  toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) |
                      (IsDeducedAsDependent
                           ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation
                           : TypeDependence::None)),
      Template(Template) {}

5065public:
/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
                    QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
  Template.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
5083};

5085/// Represents a type template specialization; the template
5086/// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
5087/// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
5088/// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
5089/// specifier, is instead represented as a
5090/// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
5091///
5092/// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
5093/// typically for a \c RecordType.  For example, a class template
5094/// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
5095/// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
5096///
5097/// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
5098/// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
5099/// type may also be canonical.
5100///
5101/// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
5102/// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
5103/// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
5104/// template.
5105class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType
  : public Type,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template being specialized.  This is
/// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
/// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
/// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
/// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
TemplateName Template;

TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                           QualType Canon,
                           QualType Aliased);

5124public:
/// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
///
/// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an
/// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it
/// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be
/// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the
/// parameter is an int).
///
/// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind
/// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the
/// specified arguments.
static bool
anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                              ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted);
static bool
anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
                              ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted);
static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments(
    ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args);

/// True if this template specialization type matches a current
/// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
}

/// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
/// template that has been substituted.
///
/// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
/// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
/// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
/// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
///
/// \code
/// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
/// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
/// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
///   typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
/// };
/// \endcode
bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; }

/// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
/// template.
QualType getAliasedType() const {
  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((void)0);
  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h

/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

/// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
/// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

bool isSugared() const {
  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
}

QualType desugar() const {
  return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
  if (isTypeAlias())
    getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                    const ASTContext &Context);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
}
5222};

5224/// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
5225/// enclosing the template arguments.
5226void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5231void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5236void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5241/// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
5242/// template partial specialization.  Used to record that a type was
5243/// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
5244/// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
5245///
5246/// Injected class name types are always dependent.  Template
5247/// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
5248///
5249/// Injected class name types are always canonical.  This works
5250/// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
5251/// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
5252/// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
5253/// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
5254/// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
5255/// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
5256/// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
5257/// according to the rules of the language).
5258class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTNodeImporter;
friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
                        // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
                        // interdependencies.
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

CXXRecordDecl *Decl;

/// The template specialization which this type represents.
/// For example, in
///   template <class T> class A { ... };
/// this is A<T>, whereas in
///   template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
/// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
///
/// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
/// and always dependent.
QualType InjectedType;

InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST)
    : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation),
      Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((void)0);
  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((void)0);
  assert(TST->isDependentType())((void)0);
}

5288public:
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }

const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const {
  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
}

TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
}

CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
}
5307};

5309/// The kind of a tag type.
5310enum TagTypeKind {
/// The "struct" keyword.
TTK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword.
TTK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword.
TTK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword.
TTK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword.
TTK_Enum
5325};

5327/// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
5328/// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
5329enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
/// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Enum,

/// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
/// \c typename T::type.
ETK_Typename,

/// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
ETK_None
5351};

5353/// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
5354/// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
5355/// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
5356/// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
5357class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
5358protected:
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc,
                QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) {
  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
}

5365public:
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
}

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
/// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);

/// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
/// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
/// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) {
  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
}

class CannotCastToThisType {};
static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
5395};

5397/// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
5398/// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
5399/// or both.
5400///
5401/// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
5402/// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
5403/// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
5404/// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
5405class ElaboratedType final
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
friend TrailingObjects;

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this qualified name refers to.
QualType NamedType;

/// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored
/// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain
/// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none.

ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
               QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
                      // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have
                      // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to
                      // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack)
                      // dependence on the qualifier.
                      NamedType->getDependence() |
                          (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence(
                                     toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence()))
                               : TypeDependence::None)),
      NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false;
  if (OwnedTagDecl) {
    ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true;
    *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl;
  }
  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((void)0)
         "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((void)0)
         "and name qualifier both null.")((void)0);
}

5444public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

/// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
/// type, or nullptr if there is none.
TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const {
  return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>()
                                            : nullptr;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
                    TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  NamedType.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; }
5478};

5480/// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5481/// dependent.
5482///
5483/// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5484/// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5485/// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5486/// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5487/// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5488/// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5489/// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5490/// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5491/// instantiation.
5492class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType,
                      TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
                          toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())),
      NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}

5508public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
///
/// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
/// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
/// e.g., "typename T::type".
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
  return Name;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  ID.AddPointer(Name);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
}
5538};

5540/// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5541/// resolved, e.g.
5542///   A<T>::template B<T>
5543class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The identifier of the template.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                                    QualType Canon);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

5568public:
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()});
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ASTContext &Context,
                    ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
}
5610};

5612/// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5613///
5614/// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5615/// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5616/// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5617/// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5618/// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5619/// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5620/// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5621/// parameter packs.
5622///
5623/// \code
5624/// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5625///
5626/// template<typename ...Types>
5627/// struct tuple_of_references {
5628///   typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5629/// };
5630/// \endcode
5631///
5632/// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5633/// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5634class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The pattern of the pack expansion.
QualType Pattern;

PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
    : Type(PackExpansion, Canon,
           (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent |
            TypeDependence::Instantiation) &
               ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack),
      Pattern(Pattern) {
  PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions =
      NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0;
}

5651public:
/// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
/// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
/// pack expansion itself.
QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }

/// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
/// generate, if known.
Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
  if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions)
    return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1;
  return None;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
  if (NumExpansions)
    ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
}
5683};

5685/// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5686/// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5687template <class T>
5688class ObjCProtocolQualifiers {
5689protected:
ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;

ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() {
  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
}

void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
}

void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) {
  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((void)0)
         "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((void)0);
  if (!protocols.empty())
    memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
           protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
}

5713public:
using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }

bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
/// there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
}

/// Fetch a protocol by index.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((void)0);
  return qual_begin()[I];
}

/// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const {
  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
}
5739};

5741/// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5742/// a list of protocols.
5743class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
                        public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>;

/// The number of protocols stored on this type.
unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;

/// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
/// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
/// and uniqued.
ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return NumProtocols;
}

void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  NumProtocols = N;
}

ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D,
                  QualType can,
                  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

5773public:
bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
                    QualType CanonicalType,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5788};

5790/// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5791///
5792/// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5793/// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5794/// protocols.
5795///
5796/// Given the following declarations:
5797/// \code
5798///   \@class C<T>;
5799///   \@protocol P;
5800/// \endcode
5801///
5802/// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C.  It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5803/// with base C and no protocols.
5804///
5805/// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5806/// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5807/// protocol list.
5808/// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5809/// and protocol list [P].
5810///
5811/// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5812/// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5813/// and no protocols.
5814///
5815/// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5816/// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P].  Eventually
5817/// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5818class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
                     public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>;

// ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
// after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
// ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
// after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
//
// These protocols are those written directly on the type.  If
// protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
// to get kindof complicated.
//
// In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
// and uniqued.

/// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
QualType BaseType;

/// Cached superclass type.
mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
  CachedSuperClassType;

QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
}
void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
}

5856protected:
enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface };

ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
               ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
               ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
               bool isKindOf);

ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
    : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None),
      BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
}

void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;

5874public:
/// Gets the base type of this object type.  This is always (possibly
/// sugar for) one of:
///  - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
///    user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
///  - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
///  - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

bool isObjCId() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
}

bool isObjCClass() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
}

bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
42
←
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later→
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const {
  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
    return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
           T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
  return false;
}
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }

/// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
/// really is an interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;

/// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
/// that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const;

/// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
}

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
/// that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
/// written.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
                            ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }

/// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
bool isKindOfType() const;

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
/// there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const {
  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
    computeSuperClassTypeSlow();

  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((void)0);
  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
}

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
         T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}
5965};

5967/// A class providing a concrete implementation
5968/// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5969/// ObjCInterfaceType.  Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5970/// system should not reference this type.
5971class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
// will need to be modified.

ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
                   ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                   bool isKindOf)
    : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}

5983public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Base,
                    ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                    bool isKindOf);
5990};

5992inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5994}

5996inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5999}

6001inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
6004}

6006/// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
6007/// They basically correspond to C++ classes.  There are two kinds of interface
6008/// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
6009/// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
6010///
6011/// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
6012/// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
6013///   - There are no protocol qualifiers.  To reinforce this, code which
6014///     tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
6015///     fail to compile.
6016///   - It is its own base type.  That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
6017///     T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
6018class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;

ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
    : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface),
      Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}

6030public:
/// Get the declaration of this interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}

// Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
// class.  People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
// not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
// guaranteed to have no protocols.
enum {
  qual_iterator,
  qual_begin,
  qual_end,
  getNumProtocols,
  getProtocol
};
6052};

6054inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const {
QualType baseType = getBaseType();
while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
12
←
Assuming the object is a 'ObjCObjectType'→
13
←
Loop condition is true.  Entering loop body→
  if (const auto *T14.1
'T' is non-null
1
'T' is non-null
 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
14
←
Assuming 'ObjT' is a 'ObjCInterfaceType'→
15
←
Taking true branch→
    return T->getDecl();
16
←
Returning pointer, which participates in a condition later→

  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
}

return nullptr;
6064}

6066/// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
6067///
6068/// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
6069/// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one).  In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
6070/// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
6071/// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
6072///
6073/// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
6074/// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
6075class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
    : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

6084public:
/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
/// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.  Always returns non-null.
///
/// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
/// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
/// type and the "outermost" object type.  So for:
/// \code
///   \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
///   typedef A<P> AP;
///   typedef A A1;
///   typedef A1<P> A1P;
///   typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
/// \endcode
/// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
///   adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
///   old qualifiers (for now).  But if it didn't, getObjectType()
///   would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
///   qualifiers more complicated).
const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const {
  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}

/// If this pointer points to an Objective C
/// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface.  Any protocol
/// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;

/// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
/// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const {
  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
/// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
41
←
Calling 'ObjCObjectType::isObjCUnqualifiedId'→
43
←
Returning from 'ObjCObjectType::isObjCUnqualifiedId'→
44
←
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later→
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
/// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
}

/// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
}

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
}

/// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.  Provided
/// for convenience.  This will always iterate over the full set of
/// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }

qual_iterator qual_begin() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
}

qual_iterator qual_end() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
}

bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
}

/// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
/// null type if there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const;

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
                               const ASTContext &ctx) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
}
6243};

6245class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ValueType;

AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
    : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {}

6253public:
/// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
/// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getValueType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
}
6272};

6274/// PipeType - OpenCL20.
6275class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;
bool isRead;

PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
    : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()),
      ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}

6285public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }

QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
}

bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
6306};

6308/// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth.
6309class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
unsigned IsUnsigned : 1;
unsigned NumBits : 24;

6314protected:
ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits);

6317public:
bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; }
bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; }
unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned,
                    unsigned NumBits) {
  ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned);
  ID.AddInteger(NumBits);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; }
6336};

6338class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
const ASTContext &Context;
llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned;

6343protected:
DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned,
                    Expr *NumBits);

6347public:
bool isUnsigned() const;
bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); }
Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr());
}
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt;
}
6364};

6366/// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
6367class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers {
6368public:
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {}

/// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
/// unqualified type.  The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
/// with those already in the type.
const Type *strip(QualType type) {
  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
    return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();

  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
  return extQuals->getBaseType();
}

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
6389};

6391/// A container of type source information.
6392///
6393/// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g:
6394/// @code
6395/// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc();
6396/// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr);
6397/// @endcode
6398class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo {
// Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information,
// allocated by ASTContext.
friend class ASTContext;

QualType Ty;

TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {}

6407public:
/// Return the type wrapped by this type source info.
QualType getType() const { return Ty; }

/// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info.
TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h

/// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution!
void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; }
6416};

6418// Inline function definitions.

6420inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const {
SplitQualType desugar =
  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
return desugar;
6425}

6427inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
6429}

6431inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
6433}

6435inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const {
if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
                       Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));

const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
6444}

6446inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers Quals;
if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return Quals;
6452}

6454inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return quals;
6458}

6460inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
return cvr;
6464}

6466inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const {
QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6469}

6471inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
6473}

6475inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
if (!isCanonical()) return false;
if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;

const Type *T = getTypePtr();
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
  return false;

return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
6484}

6486inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
return isLocalConstQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
6489}

6491inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
6494}


6497inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
6500}

6502inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
6505}

6507inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);

return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
6512}

6514inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return split();

return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
6519}

6521inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
6523}

6525inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
6527}

6529inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
6531}

6533inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((void)0);
static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
              "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");

// Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6540}

6542/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
6543inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace();
6545}

6547/// Return the address space of this type.
6548inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6550}

6552/// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6553inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const {
return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6555}

6557inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD);
return false;
6561}

6563inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD);
return false;
6567}

6569inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD);
return false;
6573}

6575inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) {
if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
    return FT->getExtInfo();
} else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
  return FT->getExtInfo();

return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6583}

6585inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) {
return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6587}

6589/// Determine whether this type is more
6590/// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6591/// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6592/// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6593/// int".
6594inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6598}

6600/// Determine whether this type is at last
6601/// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6602/// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6603/// "int", and "const volatile int".
6604inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();

// Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();

return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6612}

6614/// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6615/// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6616/// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6617/// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6618///
6619///   If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6620///   8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6621///   analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6622///   denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6623inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return RefType->getPointeeType();
else
  return *this;
6628}

6630inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const {
return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
        getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6633}

6635/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6636///
6637/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6638inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
return isVoidType() ||
       isNullPtrType() ||
       // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
       // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
       (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6644}

6646/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6647///
6648/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6649inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
// C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
//   Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
//    -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
return isArrayType() ||
//    -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
       isFunctionType() ||
//    -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
       isPointerType() ||
//    -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
       isReferenceType() ||
//    -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
       isRecordType() ||
//    -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
//               types at different times;
       isUnionType() ||
//    -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
       isEnumeralType() ||
//    -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
       isMemberPointerType();
6669}

6671inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6673}

6675inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
6677}

6679inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6681}

6683inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6685}

6687inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6689}

6691inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6693}

6695inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6697}

6699inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const {
// Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an
// object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv
// void.
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6707}

6709inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6714}

6716inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6721}

6723inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6725}

6727inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
else
  return false;
6732}

6734inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
else
  return false;
6739}

6741inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6743}

6745inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6747}

6749inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6751}

6753inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6755}

6757inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6759}

6761inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6763}

6765inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6767}

6769inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6771}

6773inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6775}

6777inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6779}

6781inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6783}

6785inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const {
return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType);
6787}

6789inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const {
return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType);
6791}

6793inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const {
return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6795}

6797inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6799}

6801inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6803}

6805inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const {
return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6808}

6810inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6812}

6814inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const {
return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType);
6816}

6818inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
return false;
6822}

6824inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
return false;
6828}

6830inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
return false;
6834}

6836inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
return false;
6840}

6842inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
return false;
6846}

6848inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6850}

6852inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const {
return isa<DecltypeType>(this);
6854}

6856#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6860#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

6862inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6864}

6866inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6868}

6870inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6872}

6874inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6876}

6878inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6880}

6882inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6883#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6885#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
    false; // end boolean or operation
6887}

6889inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6891}

6893inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const {
return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType);
6895}

6897#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6901#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"

6903inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const {
6904#define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \
isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() ||
return
6907#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6909}

6911inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const {
6912#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6914#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6916}

6918inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
       isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType();
6921}

6923inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6925}

6927inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K);
}
return false;
6932}

6934inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
return false;
6938}

6940inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
    return BT;
return nullptr;
6945}

6947inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((void)0);
return isSpecificBuiltinType(K);
6950}

6952inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
return false;
6956}

6958inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void);
6960}

6962inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
// FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half);
6965}

6967inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16);
6969}

6971inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16);
6973}

6975inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128);
6977}

6979inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr);
6981}

6983bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *);
6984bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);

6986inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
    !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
}
return isExtIntType();
6997}

6999inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
7005}

7007inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const {
return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType();
7009}

7011inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
7017}

7019inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
7021}

7023inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
}
return false;
7035}

7037inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
7039}

7041inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined.  Incomplete enums
  // are not treated as scalar types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isExtIntType();
7055}

7057inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;

// Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
// enumeration type in the sense required here.
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());

return isExtIntType();
7068}

7070inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
return false;
7074}

7076inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
7079}

7081/// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
7082/// an overloaded operator.
7083inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
7085}

7087/// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name.
7088inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const {
if (getAs<TypedefType>())
  return true;
if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
  return TST->isTypeAlias();
return false;
7094}

7096/// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
7097inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
7099}

7101inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
        isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
7104}

7106inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const {
return isObjCObjectPointerType();
7108}

7110inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
const Type *type = this;
while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
return type;
7115}

7117inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const {
const Type *type = this;
if (type->isAnyPointerType())
  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
else if (type->isArrayType())
  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
return type;
7124}
7125/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress
7126/// spaces into a diagnostic with <<.
7127inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           LangAS AS) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace);
return PD;
7132}

7134/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers
7135/// into a diagnostic with <<.
7136inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           Qualifiers Q) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return PD;
7141}

7143/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's
7144/// into a diagnostic with <<.
7145inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           QualType T) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return PD;
7150}

7152// Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
7153// not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
7154template <typename T>
7155using TypeIsArrayType =
  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
                                   std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;

7159// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
7160template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7175}

7177template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
// type.
const Type *Ty = this;
while (Ty) {
  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
    Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
    Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty))
    Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else
    break;
}

// Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
// since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
7209}

7211inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
// If this is directly an array type, return it.
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
  return arr;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7223}

7225template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");

if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((void)0);
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7232}

7234inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((void)0);
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7238}

7240DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
                       QualType CanonicalPtr)
  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
7243#ifndef NDEBUG1
QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((void)0);
7247#endif
7248}

7250QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const {
QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed);
return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
7254}

7256// Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
7257// as a scaled integer.
7258// TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an
7259// APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale.
7260void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val,
                           unsigned Scale);

7263} // namespace clang

7265#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H